IFB NO. RTA/LR UNIVERSITY LINK RAIL PROJECT CONTRACT U260 TRACKWORK CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 90% SUBMITTAL

Transcription

1 IFB NO. RTA/LR UNIVERSITY LINK RAIL PROJECT CONTRACT U260 TRACKWORK CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 90% SUBMITTAL VOLUME 2 AUGUST 2008

2 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

3 UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL IFB NO. RTA/LR CONTRACT U260 TRACKWORK VOLUME 2 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 90% SUBMITTAL AUGUST 2008 PREPARED BY:

4 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

5 SOUND TRANSIT UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL CONTRACT U260 TRACKWORK CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 01 General Requirements Section Title Summary of Work Work Sequence Contract Interface Third Party Agreements Price and Payment Procedures Alternates Substitution Procedures Dispute Review Board Escrow Bid Documentation Coordination with Others Project Meetings Internet Based Project Management System Scheduling of Work Submittal Procedures Health, Safety, and Emergency Response Procedures Permits References Quality Control Temporary Facilities and Controls Vehicular Access and Parking Traffic Control Temporary Environmental Controls Temporary Site Water Discharge Product Storage and Handling Requirements Field Engineering UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

6 Cleaning and Waste Management Closeout Procedures Operations and Maintenance Data Project Record Documents Division 03 Concrete Section Title Portland Cement Concrete Concrete Forming Concrete Accessories Concrete Reinforcing Cast-in-Place Concrete Concrete Finishing Precast Structural Concrete Non-Shrink Grouting Division 26 Electrical Section Title Track Resistance Testing Division 34 Transportation Section Title Track Rails Welded Track Rails Track Rail Joints Special Trackwork Direct-Fixation Fasteners High Resiliance Direct-Fixation Fasteners Track Appurtenances and Accessories Bumping Post Track Construction Direct-Fixation Track Construction Direct-Fixation Special Track Construction END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

7 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies a summary of the Work in this Contract and other known work in the vicinity of the Contract Work. B. The work to be performed under this Contract includes furnishing all tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles; furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications; and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract, in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. Provide all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the Work and administration of the Contract WORK OF THIS CONTRACT A. The Work of Contract U260 includes: 1. The placement and installation of approximately 31,000 foot of trackwork and special trackwork between Pine Street Connection Tunnel and University of Washington station. Including civil and structural work for the floating slab prototype segment. 2. The following are foreseen activities: a. Mobilization of the U260 Contractor at the Capital Hill Station Site b. Procure rail, special trackwork, fasteners, and fastener anchors Construct concrete plinths, including reinforcement steel and fastener anchors and necessary equipment/supplies to construct trackwork in accordance with the contract documents c. Procure materials and construct, and install prototype floating slab segment d. Install fastener, other track material (OTM), and rails within bored tunnels and stations as indicated e. Furnish and install insulated joints in accordance with the contract documents f. Install special trackwork including point of switches, moveable point frogs, and flange bearing diamonds at the University of Washington Station Site B. The above description is not intended to be complete. The Work to be completed is provided for in the Contract Documents. The listing in Article 1.02.A herein is not intended to relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for reading and understanding the Contract Documents. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUMMARY OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

8 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER SOUND TRANSIT CONTRACTS OR BY SOUND TRANSIT STAFF A. Contract U220, includes segmentally lined twin-bored tunnels between University of Washington Station and Capitol Hill Station, and all civil and structural work for the University of Washington Station, including portions of invert, concrete placement. 1. This work is scheduled for construction as follows: a. Scheduled Start Date: Third Quarter 2009 b. Scheduled Completion Date: First Quarter 2013 B. Contract U230, includes segmentally lined twin-bored tunnels between Capitol Hill Station and Pine Street Stub Tunnel, and all civil and structural work for the Capitol Hill Station. 1. This work is scheduled for construction as follows: a. Scheduled Start Date: First Quarter b. Scheduled Completion Date: Fourth Quarter C. Contract U240, includes Capitol Hill Station finishes work, including elevators/escalators, construction of the station platform, the pedestrian tunnel under Broadway, and site restoration. 1. This work is scheduled for construction as follows: a. Scheduled Start Date: Third Quarter b. Scheduled Completion Date: First Quarter D. Contract U250, includes University of Washington Station structural and finishes work, including elevators/escalators, construction of a pedestrian bridge over Montlake Boulevard, and final reinstatement and landscaping, utilities, and stormwater facilities. 1. This work is scheduled for construction as follows: a. Scheduled Start Date: Second Quarter b. Scheduled Completion Date: Fourth Quarter E. Contract Units U822/823 includes signal systems, communications systems, and track electrification from University of Washington Station to Pine Street Stub Tunnel. 1. This work is scheduled for construction as follows: 1.04 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE a. Schedule Start Date: TBD b. Scheduled Completion Date: TBD A. Contract Specifications are written mostly in imperative and streamlined form. Unless indicated otherwise, this imperative language is directed to the Contractor. Additionally, the words "shall be" shall be included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1. Examples: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUMMARY OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

9 a. Aggregate: ASTM C33. b. Adhesive: Spread with notched trowel. B. Related Sections: Individual Contract Specification Sections may include an article entitled Related Sections. Contract Specification Sections are listed within the article to assist the Contractor in locating certain but not all related work. The list is not to be considered all inclusive. All Contract Specifications are required to complete the work. C. Whenever there is wording stating that an item is as specified, as indicated, or as shown, the reference is to all Contract Specifications and all Contract Drawings in the Contract Documents. Stating as specified, as indicated, or as shown does not refer necessarily to a Contract Drawing or Contract Specification, but it refers to either. D. The words Provide and Furnish shall mean supplying, installing, and incorporating into the Work including all labor, materials, supplies, and equipment, including testing and commissioning, necessary to do so. The word Supply shall mean to acquire, deliver, and transfer the item to Sound Transit as specified. E. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified and shall be new. F. Federal, State, and Local Laws: Statutes and Regulations may or may not be individually referenced. This provision incorporates by reference the latest version of all applicable Statutes and Regulations of governing authorities. Bring any conflict between the requirements of these Specifications and the requirements of the Statutes and Regulations to the attention of the Resident Engineer. Lacking a specific response, the more stringent will control. In no case may this Contract be interpreted to override the Statutes and Regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUMMARY OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

10 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

11 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION WORK SEQUENCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies completion time, milestones, work sequence, constraints, hours of work, incentive provisions, and liquidated damages B. Schedule and conduct all work in a manner consistent with the Contract, and comply with the construction schedule, the specific work sequence, Contract milestones, and constraints of the work as specified. C. Plan the sequence of construction to accommodate all Contract requirements START TIMES A. Notice to Proceed (NTP) with work at Capital Hill Station Site (CHS) will be effective no earlier than XXXXX. This coincides with the Monday following completion of the U220 and U230 Contractors B. A Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) will be issued effective approximately XXXXX, which will allow the Contractor to proceed with planning, permitting, material procurement, and administrative activities COMPLETION TIMES A. Complete the work within 1113 Days after the Notice to Proceed in accordance with the General Conditions. Work complete by this time includes: 1. Substantial Completion. 2. Demobilization from the Capitol Hill Station Site. B. Achieve Final Acceptance within the specified time stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, as required by the General Conditions MILESTONES A. Milestone 1: Install track to Capital Hill Station Limits B. Milestone 2: Install track to University of Washington Station Limits C. Milestone 3: Install track and special trackwork in University of Washington Station D. Milestone 4: Install track in Capital Hill Station 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Major construction activities include: 1. Procurement and delivery of rail, special trackwork, fasteners, dowels, reinforcement steel, and concrete. 2. Forming of concrete plinths, UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WORK SEQUENCE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

12 1.06 CONSTRAINTS 3. Cast in-place stirrups, reinforcement steel, and concrete. 4. Attachment of rail. 5. Assembly and installation of special trackwork. 6. Installation of special trackwork equipment. A. No access is provided from the ground surface at the University of Washington Station Site. B. Access at the Capitol Hill Station (CHS) Site is limited as follows: 1. Construction and staging activities shall be limited to Construction Area Site Layout defined on Contract Drawings 2. Entrance and exit of Contractor personnel. 3. Track materials and equipment delivery through Capitol Hill Station. Terminates TBD. 4. Track material and equipment delivery through station. Coordination: to be determined. Access through station construction: to be determined. Terminates TBD. C. Access at the Pine Street Connector Tunnel (PSCT) Site is limited as follows: 1.07 HOURS OF WORK 1. Entrance and exit of Contractor personnel through exiting stair wells. With controlled safety to Link operations. 2. The PSCT will be operational during the construction of the ULink project and only limited access for equipment will be available to Contractor during a nighttime work window. Coordination with King County Metro will be required for work at this location. A. Conform to requirements of applicable jurisdictions regarding limitations and the Project Labor Agreement (PLA) on work hours. B. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Resident Engineer, the following maximum work hours have been established. The hours of work require all other Contract Specifications to be met: C. The City of Seattle Noise Ordinance. The Contractor shall review the Ordinance with respect to the anticipated Work to ensure that the noise limitations imposed are not exceeded. The Ordinance permits normal work hours as follows: 1. Weekdays between 7:00AM and 10:00PM 2. Weekends and Holidays between 9:00AM and 10:00PM D. If noise from Work outside of the above hours conducted outside the limits of the designated construction staging areas is anticipated to exceed the City of Seattle Noise Ordinance, the Contractor shall obtain a noise ordinance variance from the City of Seattle and comply with its requirements. The Contractor s attention is directed to the City of Seattle Street Use Division at (206) , for noise ordinance variance limitations and application procedures. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WORK SEQUENCE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

13 E. For planned work shifts outside the established work day during the established work week, the Contractor shall give the Resident Engineer 48 hours advance notice. F. When coordinating with Sound Transit and Project Stakeholders, the Contractor shall note that the following are recognized holidays: 1. Recognized holidays shall be as follows: New Year s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. s Birthday, Presidents Day (Third Monday in February), Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day (Eleventh day of November), Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. In the event a holiday falls on Sunday, the following day, Monday, shall be observed as such holiday. In the event a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding day, Friday, shall be observed as such holiday. Monday holidays shall be honored in keeping with Federal law LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. TBD INCENTIVE PROVISIONS A. TBD PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WORK SEQUENCE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

14 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

15 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONTRACT INTERFACE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the conditions of the Sites at specified times related to coordination required with other work. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work DESCRIPTION 1. Section , Work Sequence. 2. Section , Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. Section , Closeout Procedures. 4. Section , Project Record Documents A. To reach Substantial Completion, complete all Work as required by the Contract. B. Meet with the Resident Engineer and agree on who will take responsibility for some of the Contractor s Close-Out requirements in meeting Substantial Completion. Close-Out requirements are those requirements that relate only to the completion or removal of temporary items, including, but not limited to construction lighting, temporary utility connections, and construction ventilation, and temporary signage. Record Documents or any portion of permanent facilities indicated as completed in the Contract Documents is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. C. If the Contractor proposes any modifications to the Close-Out requirements listed in Section , Closeout Procedures, a written Agreement (Letter of Agreement) between the Contractor and the follow-on contractor on may be accepted by the Resident Engineer as part of support for Substantial Completion of the Milestone. D. All details and specific requirements required to complete a Letter of Agreement shall be at no cost to Sound Transit. E. Complete all work specified in this Section by Substantial Completion. F. In handing over the Sites to the follow-on contractors, coordinate, cooperate, and work with the Resident Engineer and the follow-on contractor during the transition of the Sites in support of the Milestones SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Letter of Agreement. C. Warranty and Certification. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONTRACT INTERFACE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

16 D. Record Drawings: In accordance with Section , Project Record Documents WARRANTY A. Warrant that the work being turned over to follow-on contractors meets the requirements of the Contract and all regulatory requirements. B. Certifications: 1. Certify that the work on the University of Washington Station conforms with specified requirements. 2. Certify that the work on the Capitol Hill Station conforms with specified requirements. 3. Certify that the work on the Bored Tunnels conforms with specified requirements. C. In the event that subsequent inspection discovers latent defects that, in the opinion of Sound Transit were caused by the Contractor, make repairs as directed RECORD DRAWINGS OF EXISTING FACILITIES AT TURNOVER MILESTONES A. Format and Procedures: Per Section , Project Record Documents CONDITIONS AT SITES UPON SITE ACCESS A. Area available on the Capital Hill Station (CHS) Site 1. CHS Initial Staging Area: Approximately 10,000 square feet in the north east corner of the site bordering John and 10th Ave East in addition to the full width of 120 linear feet of base slab measured from the north headwall of CHS. 2. Initial Staging Period: CHS Initial Staging Area available between Substantial Completion of the U230 Contract and mobilization of U240 Contract. 3. Material supply to the CHS to Pine Street Stub Tunnel (PSST) tunnels via CHS base slab. 4. Personnel Access: Following Initial Staging Period, access for personnel will be through the U240 Site. B. Maintenance and Staging Yard at the Capital Hill Site: 1. Construction power and water service: a. See Section , Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2. Fire water service: a. Use existing fire hydrant as indicated. 3. Construction sanitary sewer: a. None available. b. Provide sanitary facilities as required for the work. 4. Construction telephone and Internet services: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONTRACT INTERFACE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

17 a. Be responsible for providing for service from service provider. 5. Site grading and asphalt condition: a. Combination paved area and granular surface, as indicated. 6. Site access: a. As indicated. C. Pine Street Stub Tunnel Staging Area 1. Construction power and water service: a. None Provided. 2. Fire water service: a. Use existing standpipe within Bus Tunnels. 3. Construction sanitary sewer: a. None available. b. Provide sanitary facilities as required for the work. 4. Construction telephone and Internet services: a. None Provided. 5. Site grading and asphalt condition: a. Paved as indicated. 6. Site access: a. As indicated. D. Bored Tunnels Pine Street to CHS and CHS to University of Washington Station (UWS): 1. Construction power and water service: a. None Provided. 2. Fire water service: a. Use standpipe system indicated. 3. Construction sanitary sewer: a. None available. b. Provide sanitary facilities as required for the work. 4. Construction telephone and Internet services: a. None Provided. 5. Site access: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONTRACT INTERFACE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

18 a. As indicated E. University of Washington Station: 1. Construction power and water service: a. Provided as part of U250 (TBD). 2. Fire water service: a. Provided as part of U250 (TBD) 3. Construction sanitary sewer: a. None available. b. Provide sanitary facilities as required for the work. 4. Construction telephone and Internet services: a. None Provided. 5. Site access: a. Through bored tunnels. b. None provided through Station. F. Capitol Hill Station: 1. Construction power and water service: a. Provided as part of U230 and U240 (TBD). 2. Fire water service: a. Provided as part of U230 and U240 (TBD) 3. Construction sanitary sewer: a. None available. b. Provide sanitary facilities as required for the work. 4. Construction telephone and Internet services: a. None Provided. 5. Site access: a. Equipment, supplies, and personnel through bored tunnels; b. Personnel allowed to enter through Station CONDITIONS AT SITES AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. TBD NEED TO COORDINATE WITH SYSTEMS CONTRACT PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONTRACT INTERFACE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

19 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONTRACT INTERFACE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

20 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

21 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications regarding third party agreements with the University of Washington DEFINITIONS A. UW-University of Washington 1.03 THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS A. Sound Transit will execute an agreement with the University of Washington for a Right of Entry (ROE) to allow construction of the U260 project on the University of Washington campus. B. The various municipal, county, or state agencies, including the University of Washington, performing work, inspecting certain aspects of the Work, or supplying materials to the Contractor shall not be points of contact for approval or other Contract decisions. The Resident Engineer shall be the sole contact for approvals and other Contract decisions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

22 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

23 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for Measurement and Payment. B. Payment for the various items on the Bid Sheet, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals as necessary to complete the various items of the work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto and including all costs of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including safety and health requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U. S. Department of Labor (OSHA), and the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA), Department of Labor and Industry. No additional payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Sheet, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Sheet for the various items of work. C. Allocate indirect costs, including but not limited to, supervision and overhead, profit, and general conditions specified in the Contract to each bid item as applicable for work defined in the bid item. No separate payment will be made to the Contractor for these items. D. References in the Contract Documents to referenced documents including Referenced Standards are for technical and administrative provisions only. Measurement and payment provisions referenced in all such standards are not applicable to this Contract. All payment for Work done under the provisions of this Contract is provided for in the Bid Items set forth in the General Conditions and described herein BID ITEM MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The Bid Sheet is divided into several bid items whose definitions follow. Item numbers One through Five represent the entire scope of work covered by the Contract Documents. B. Provide for consideration a price for the LB Foster Direct Fixation fastener to be used in substitution for the Cologne Egg on the following sections and provide an alternative bid for BID ITEM Two and Three: Alternative bid information is specified in Section , Alternatives. 1. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 2. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 3. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 4. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 5. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX C. BID ITEM Number One: Lump Sum for Mobilization and Demobilization. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

24 1. This bid item is for all work associated with site mobilization and demobilization. It includes a price for TESC measures and initial procurement of rails and equipment. It also includes a price to provide environmental management, equipment, controls and site preparation of equipment to perform bid items one, two, three, and four. 2. Measurement: In accordance with a reasonable apportionment of the work as established in the Schedule of Values. 3. Payment: A maximum of 5 percent of the total original Contract Price will be allowed for mobilization payment. A maximum of 5 percent of the total original Contract Price will be paid for demobilization after Final Acceptance of the work by Sound Transit. D. BID ITEM Number Two: Lump Sum for concrete plinth forming, pouring, curing and finishing. 1. The Bid Sheet includes lump sum item for concrete plinth forming, pouring, curing and finishing. 2. Measurement: In accordance with a reasonable apportionment of the work as established in the Schedule of Values. 3. Payment: Based on a Unit Price measurement amount. E. BID ITEM Number Three: Lump Sum for completed rail installation at designated profile alignment. 1. The Bid Sheet includes a lump sum item for completion of rail installation at the designated profile alignment. 2. Measurement: In accordance with a reasonable apportionment of the work as established in the Schedule of Values. 3. Payment: Based on a Unit Price of the measured amount. F. BID ITEM Number Four: Lump Sum for fabrication, installation of floating slab including natural rubber pads and invert concrete at designated profile alignment. 1. Bidding Schedule 2. Measurement: In accordance with a reasonable apportionment of the work as established in the Schedule of Values. 3. Payment: Based upon percentage completion for each line item in the schedule of values. G. BID ITEM Number Five: Lump Sum Special Crossover trackwork, including special trackwork, frogs, switches, insulated joints as indicated in the contract documents. This bid item includes all work from southern points of switch to northern points of switch. 1. Bidding Schedule 2. Measurement: In accordance with a reasonable apportionment of the work as established in the Schedule of Values. 3. Payment: Based upon percentage completion for each line item in the schedule of values. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

25 PART 2 - MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

26 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

27 SPECIAL CONDITIONS BID SHEET The lowest responsive/responsible Bidder will be determined based on the Total Bid Price. Having carefully examined the Contract Documents for this project as prepared by Sound Transit, as well as the site of the work, and the availability of materials and labor, we propose to perform the work identified in the Contract Documents under the terms and conditions contained herein for the price set forth below: Item No. Schedule A Item Description 1 Lump Sum for Mobilization and Demobilization 2 Unit Price for concrete plinth forming, pouring, curing and finishing 3 Unit Price for completed rail installation at designated profile alignment 4 Lump Sum for fabrication, installation of floating slab at designated profile alignment Estimated Quantity Unit of Measure Unit Price 1 LS N/A $ 1 LS N/A $ 1 LS N/A $ 1 LS N/A $ 5 Lump Sum for Special trackwork 1 LS N/A $ Extended Amount /Lump Sum Schedule B 2 Unit Price for concrete plinth forming, pouring, curing and finishing 3 Unit Price for completed rail installation at designated profile alignment 1 LS N/A $ 1 LS N/A $ Subtotal Price A including Retail Sales Tax: $ Total Bid Price $ The award of the contract will not be based on Schedule B LS prices. Sound Transit will have the option following Bid Award to exercise the replacement of Schedule A Item 2 and 3 with Schedule B Item 2 and 3 within X number of weeks from Bid Award. We agree that, if we are awarded this Contract, we will be entitled to payment only for actual unit quantities performed and that General Conditions Section 4.09 shall apply in the event there are quantity increases or decreases in any unit price bid item. Signed this day of, 20. By: (Signature) UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK BID SHEET LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE X

28 Print Name Title: Firm: Address: State of Incorporation: Federal Tax ID No. City/Zip: Contractor s License No: WA Workers Comp. Acct. No.: END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK BID SHEET LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE X

29 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Specifications for the Contractor to adopt specified alternate facility configurations to those shown on the Contract Drawings. Such alternate facility configurations, the Alternate, shall be limited to those described herein and do not constitute Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) as provided for in the General Provisions and Special Provisions DEFINITIONS A. Alternate refers to the specified alternate facilities configuration that the Contractor adopts for the Work RESTRICTIONS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all engineering associated with the design and construction of the adopted alternate. B. Such Alternate shall be provided by Contractor without additional payment from Sound Transit, and without adjustment to the specified milestone dates and Contract Time SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Complete calculations and drawings demonstrating that the Alternate meets the design criteria and specifications noted in the Contract Documents PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing construction record drawings for the Alternate and for all associated changes to the Work in accordance with Section 01780, Project Record Documents QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer that the Contractor has the engineering and construction capabilities to undertake the Alternate. B. Design calculations and drawings prepared by the Contractor required for the Alternate shall be sealed and signed by a professional engineer, currently registered in the State of Washington, for the discipline involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPECIFIED ALTERNATES A. Provide for consideration a price for the LB Foster Direct Fixation fastener to be used in substitution for the Cologne Egg on the following sections and provide an alternative bid for BID ITEM Two and Three in Schedule B: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ALTERNATES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

30 1. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 2. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 3. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 4. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX 5. STA XXXX.XX to XXXX.XX B. The Contract Drawings show the installation of high resilience direct fixation fastener and an applicable plinth. With the proposed alternative being a standard direct fixation fastener placed within the station limits above the contractor will be allowed to substitute utilizing Sound Transit standard drawing KS020 and KS021. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ALTERNATES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

31 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Refer to attached Request for Substitution Form, Attachment A DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Proposed changes by the Contractor in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Substitution Requests: Submit each request for consideration on a separate request form. C. Use Request for Substitution Form provided in Attachment A. Supplement the form with the following documentation in addition to the requirements stated on the form. 1. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. 2. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work, and to construction performed by other Sound Transit contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. 3. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable specification section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. 4. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. 5. Samples, where applicable or requested. 6. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. 7. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. 8. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. 9. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

32 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. 10. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) A. Request for Substitution Form ATTACHMENTS END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

33 SECTION ATTACHMENT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM TO: We hereby submit for your consideration the following item instead of the specified item for the above solicitation: SPECIFICATION SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Product Option/Substitution: Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests, and other information as required in Section Substitution Procedures to verify statements below. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications that proposed product option/substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the product option/substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? B. The Contractor agrees to pay for changes to the design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested product option/substitution. Yes No C. What effect does product option/substitution have on other work? D. Differences between proposed product option/substitution and specified item? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain on attachment) F. VECP attached: Yes (attached) No The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality of the proposed items are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: Signature For Use by Sound Transit: Accepted Not Accepted Accepted As Noted Firm Address By Date Remarks Date Telephone END OF FORM UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACKWORK REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

34 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

35 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section included specifications for establishing and operating a Dispute Review Board (DRB) to assist in and facilitate the avoidance and timely, impartial resolution of disputes. B. Refer to attached Three-Party Agreement Form (Agreement), Attachment A. C. The provisions of the Agreement take precedence over the language herein. D. Sound Transit and the Contractor acknowledge that DRB reports shall not be binding on either party, and shall not be admissible in subsequent dispute resolution proceedings. E. All disputes referred to the DRB shall be subject to the dispute resolution process herein described as a condition precedent to initiating a subsequent dispute resolution process such as arbitration or litigation for that dispute DISPUTES ELIGIBLE FOR CONSIDERATION BY THE DRB A. Except as explicitly otherwise provided, disputes exceeding $250, in proposed value and that are actionable under the provisions of the General Conditions may be referred to the DRB DRB QUALIFICATIONS A. Board members shall be experienced in the interpretation of contract documents and the resolution of construction disputes and in the type of construction to be performed. B. The following definitions apply for the purpose of setting forth experience and disclosure requirements. 1. Party directly involved: Sound Transit or the Contractor. 2. Contractor includes all joint-venture partners individually. 3. Party indirectly involved: The construction manager, designers, architects, engineers, or other professional service firms or consultants, joint-venture partners, subcontractors of all tiers, and suppliers on this project. 4. Financial ties: all ownership interest, loans, receivables or payables. C. Eligibility: 1. Direct Employment: a. Current employees of any of the parties directly or indirectly involved are prohibited from serving as Board members. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

36 b. Prospective Board members who were past employees of one of the parties directly involved must obtain permission from the other party prior to appointment. c. Previous direct employment by one of the parties indirectly involved must be disclosed. 2. Consulting Assignments: a. Individuals who are employed in a consulting capacity by any of the parties directly involved are prohibited from serving as Board members. b. Prospective Board members who are currently employed as a consultant by one of the parties indirectly involved must obtain permission from the other party prior to appointment. c. Previous employment as a consultant by any party directly or indirectly involved must be disclosed. 3. Financial Ties: a. Individuals with financial ties to any of the parties directly involved are prohibited from serving as Board members. b. Current financial ties to any of the parties indirectly involved must be disclosed. c. Previous financial ties with any of the parties, directly or indirectly involved must be disclosed. 4. Close Personal or Professional Relationships: a. Individuals with close personal or professional relationships with a key member of any party directly involved are prohibited from serving as Board members. b. Such current relationships with a member of any party indirectly involved in the Contract must be disclosed. c. All past personal or professional relationships with a key member of one of the parties directly or indirectly involved must be disclosed. 5. All past and current service as a Board member on projects where any of the parties directly or indirectly involved on this Contract were also involved must be disclosed. 6. No member shall have had substantial prior involvement in the project, in the judgment of Sound Transit and the Contractor. D. Ongoing Responsibilities: While serving as a Board member on this project, no member shall participate in any discussion contemplating the creation of an agreement or making an agreement with any party directly or indirectly involved in the Contract regarding employment or fee-based consulting services, or any other business arrangement after the Contract is completed. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

37 1.04 ESTABLISHMENT OF THE DRB A. After award of the Contract, Sound Transit and the Contractor shall meet to discuss and establish the qualifications upon which nominees are to be evaluated, and to jointly select prospective nominees. B. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall provide to the DRB nominees a list of the construction manager, designers, architects, engineers, professional service firms, consultants, joint-venture partners, subcontractors, and suppliers involved, or likely to be involved in the project, with a listing of key personnel of each. DRB nominees shall provide the following, pursuant to the above requirements and in addition to the nominee s full name and contact information, to both parties: 1. Resume showing construction experience qualifying the person as a DRB member. 2. Resume showing past DRB participation, if any. List each DRB assignment separately, indicating the name and location of the project, dates of DRB service, name of owner, name of contractor, contract value, nominating party if applicable, names of the other Board members and the number of disputes heard. 3. Disclosure statement describing past, present, and anticipated relationships, including indirect relationships through the nominee s full-time employer, if any, to the project, and with all parties directly and indirectly involved in the Contract. Disclose close professional or personal relationships with key members of all these parties. 4. Disclosure is a continuing obligation of all Board members throughout the life of the Contract. C. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall then have three weeks to solicit and receive information from prospective candidates, and another two weeks to review and to jointly agree on the final selection of the three members to serve on the DRB. In the event that all three members were not selected from the initial pool of nominees, the process shall be repeated. D. If the DRB Chair has not already been appointed as part of the selection process, then as soon as is practicable the Board members shall nominate the Chair and submit the nominee s resume and request approval by Sound Transit and the Contractor. E. Sound Transit, the Contractor and the DRB shall execute the Agreement at the first DRB meeting DRB MEETINGS A. The DRB will visit the project site and meet with representatives of the parties at quarterly intervals and at other times requested by the parties. B. Each meeting shall include an informal discussion and a field observation of the work in progress. The discussion and field observation shall be attended by personnel of Sound Transit and the Contractor DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Prior Good-Faith Negotiation: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

38 1. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall enter into good-faith negotiations to settle a dispute before referring such dispute to the DRB. 2. These good-faith negotiations shall be founded on the principle of full and timely disclosure of each party s position to the other party, including the exchange of pertinent supporting records, analyses, expert reports, and similar documentation, and shall proceed without delay following the inception of the dispute. Such good-faith negotiations may involve the solicitation and rendering of a DRB advisory opinion as described herein. B. Dispute Referral: 1. A dispute may be referred to the DRB by either Sound Transit or the Contractor. The dispute referral shall be made in writing to the DRB Chair with a copy concurrently provided to the other Board members and the other party. 2. If the Contract stipulates a precedent dispute resolution process prior to referral to the DRB, and if one party fails to meet or adhere to the time requirements set forth under the Contract for this process, the other party may then refer the dispute to the DRB. In the event that the Contract does not specify such precedent process, or specifies a precedent process without time requirements, either party may refer the dispute to the DRB after passage of a reasonable period of time without progress toward a negotiated settlement and the DRB will determine if the dispute should be heard. 3. The dispute referral shall concisely define the nature and specifics of the dispute that are to be considered by the DRB and the scope of the recommendation requested. 4. The DRB Chair shall confer with the parties to establish a due date for delivering pre-hearing submittals, and a date, time, and location for convening the DRB hearing. Hearings shall be convened at the next periodic meeting, unless the parties agree to a shorter or longer period. C. Pre-Hearing Submittal: 1. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall each prepare a pre-hearing submittal and transmit it to all three members of the DRB and the other party. The pre-hearing submittal, comprising a position paper with such backup data as is referenced in the position paper, shall be tabbed, indexed, and the pages consecutively numbered. 2. Both position papers shall, at a minimum, contain the following: a. A joint statement of the dispute, and the scope of the desired report, placed in a prominent location. The language of this joint statement shall summarize in a few sentences the nature of the dispute. If the parties are unable to agree on the wording of the joint statement of dispute, each party s position paper shall contain both statements, and identify the party authoring each statement. b. The basis and justification for the party s position, with reference to Contract language and other supporting documents for each element of the dispute. In order to minimize duplication and repetitiveness, the parties may identify a common set of documents that will be referred to by both parties and submit them in a separate package. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

39 c. When the scope of the hearing includes quantum, the referring party shall include a schedule impact analysis and full cost details, calculated in accordance with methods set forth in the Contract. This requirement does not apply if the report is to be made for entitlement alone or for entitlement with guidelines for quantum. 3. The number of copies, distribution requirements, and time for submittal will be established by the DRB and communicated to the parties by the Chair. D. DRB Hearings: 1. Sound Transit shall arrange for or provide hearing facilities at or near the site. 2. Attendance: a. Sound Transit and Contractor shall both limit attendance at the hearing to personnel directly involved in the dispute and participants in the goodfaith negotiations that were conducted prior to submittal to the DRB except as noted below. b. Prior to the date established for the hearing, each party shall provide a list of proposed attendees to the DRB and to the other party. In the event of any disagreement, the DRB shall make the final determination as to who attends the hearing. c. Attorneys shall not participate in the hearing. Attorneys representing the parties are permitted to attend dispute hearings, provided that prior permission is obtained from the other party. d. At DRB hearings regarding claims by a subcontractor, including passthrough claims by a lower tier subcontractor or supplier, against the Contractor which are actionable by the Contractor against Sound Transit, the Contractor shall require and ensure that each subcontractor involved in the dispute have present an authorized representative with actual knowledge of the facts underlying the subcontractor claims. 3. The conduct of the hearing shall be established by the DRB according to their operating procedures and generally consistent with the following guidelines: a. The party who referred the dispute to the DRB shall present its position first, followed by the other party. b. Both parties shall be allowed successive rebuttals, assuring a full and adequate opportunity to present their position, and to rebut the opposing party s position, until, in the DRB s opinion, all aspects of the dispute have been fully and fairly covered. c. The DRB shall be fully prepared to, and may at any time, ask questions, request clarifications, or ask for additional data and/or job records. d. Either party may request that the DRB direct a question to, or request a clarification from the other party. The DRB shall determine at what point in the proceedings such requests may be made and if they will be granted. In general, the DRB will not allow one party to be questioned directly by the other party. e. In difficult or complex cases, additional hearings may be necessary to facilitate full consideration and understanding of the dispute. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

40 f. The DRB, in its discretion, may allow introduction of arguments, exhibits, handouts, or documentary evidence that were not included in that party s pre-hearing position paper and have not been previously submitted to the other party. In such cases the other party will be granted time to review and prepare a rebuttal to the new material. E. Failure to Prepare a Pre-Hearing Submittal or Attend a DRB Hearing: 1. In the event that either party fails to deliver a pre-hearing submittal by the date established by the DRB, the DRB shall, at its discretion, determine whether the hearing shall proceed as originally scheduled, or whether additional time shall be provided and a new date established. On the final date and time established for the hearing, the DRB shall proceed with the hearing utilizing the information that has been submitted. 2. In the event that some or all of the representatives of either party fails to appear at the appointed time of a DRB hearing, the DRB shall proceed with the hearing. The hearing shall take place as if all party representatives were in attendance, and the DRB shall consider all evidence brought before it and hear testimony from those party representatives that are present. F. Use of Outside Experts: 1. By Sound Transit or the Contractor: a. A party intending to offer an outside expert s analysis at the hearing shall disclose such intention in writing to the other party and to the DRB no less than 30 days prior to the due date for delivering the pre-hearing submittal. The expert s name and a general statement of the area of the dispute that will be covered by his or her testimony shall be included in the disclosure. b. Upon receipt of the above disclosure, the other party shall have the opportunity to secure the services of an outside expert to address or respond to those issues that may be raised by the other party s outside expert. The disclosure requirements shall be the same as that specified above, except the time requirement is 10 days. c. The cost for securing outside expert services shall be borne by the party securing such services. 2. By the DRB: a. Prior to arranging for outside experts, the DRB shall obtain prior approval from Sound Transit and the Contractor by providing: 1) A statement explaining why the expert assistance is needed. 2) An estimate of the cost of the expert assistance. 3) A disclosure statement, in accordance with the requirements of Article 4.B.2 herein, using the criteria established in Article 3.C herein. 4) A confidentiality statement, consistent with the DRB s such agreement, executed by the proposed expert. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

41 G. DRB Report: b. The DRB Chair shall include the cost of the outside expert in his or her regular invoice, and provide a copy of the invoice. Invoices shall be in accordance with the requirements for Board member invoices. c. The Contractor and Sound Transit shall equally bear the cost of the services of the outside expert employed by the DRB. 1. The DRB s recommendations for resolution of a dispute will be formalized in a written report with format as determined by the DRB and signed by all Board members. The report should include a concise description of the dispute, short statements of each party s position, findings as to the facts of the dispute, discussion and rationale for the recommendation(s), and the recommendation(s). The report shall be submitted concurrently to the parties, as soon as possible after completion of the hearing as agreed by all parties. 2. If the DRB cannot arrive at a unanimous report, the Board shall prepare minority findings and recommendation(s), which, together with the majority findings and recommendation(s) shall comprise the DRB report. The report shall identify the issues of disagreement, along with the reasons for disagreement. 3. Clarification: a. Either party may request clarification of a report within 10 days following receipt of the report. Within a reasonable period of time, the DRB shall provide written clarification to both parties. b. Requests for clarification shall be submitted in writing simultaneously to the DRB and to the other party. c. Only one request for clarification per dispute from each party will be allowed. 4. Reconsideration: a. Either party may request reconsideration of a report, within 10 days following receipt of the report, when new information is obtained or developed that was not known at the time of the hearing, or when, in the party s opinion, the DRB misunderstood or failed to consider pertinent facts of the dispute. Within a reasonable period of time, the DRB shall provide written reconsideration to both parties. b. Requests for reconsideration shall be submitted in writing simultaneously to the DRB and to the other party. c. The Board will not entertain requests for reconsideration that amount to a renewal of prior argument or additional argument based on facts available at the time of the hearing. d. Only one request for reconsideration per dispute from each party will be allowed. 5. Acceptance: a. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall submit their written acceptance or rejection of the report concurrently to the other party and to the DRB UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

42 H. Advisory Opinions: 1.07 COMPENSATION within 14 days of receipt of the report or following receipt of responses to requests for clarification or reconsideration. b. Failure by either party to accept or reject within the specified period shall be construed as acceptance of the report by that party. c. Acceptance by Sound Transit of a report on entitlement only, or on entitlement with guidelines for quantum, does not obligate Sound Transit to any particular quantum amount. 1. An advisory opinion serves as a method for potentially avoiding a DRB hearing. It is not intended to replace the dispute resolution process specified herein, but may be implemented as part of the good-faith negotiations conducted between the parties. 2. When mutually agreed by Sound Transit and the Contractor, the DRB may, at its discretion, provide an advisory opinion on any issue. 1. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall each bear their respective in-house costs and costs of providing those DRB-related services for which such responsibility has been allocated herein. 2. Sound Transit and the Contractor shall equally bear the cost of the DRB s services in accordance with and as set forth in the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) A. Three-Party Agreement Form ATTACHMENTS END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK DISPUTE REVIEW BOARD LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

43 SECTION ATTACHMENT A THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM I PARTIES A. Puget Sound Regional Transit Agency, herein after referred to as Sound Transit. B., herein after referred to as the Contractor. C. Dispute Review Board, hereinafter referred to as the DRB, consisting of three members: 1., 2., 3. II CONTRACT A. The Contractor has entered into a PRIME CONTRACT with Sound Transit for the construction of the U260, Capitol Hill Station Excavation and TBM Tunnel (CHS to PSST), hereinafter referred to as the PROJECT. B. The PROJECT PRIME CONTRACT provides for the establishment and operation of a DRB to assist in resolving disputes. C. The DRB is composed of three members, selected in accordance with Section , Dispute Review Board. III PURPOSE OF DRB A. Assist in and facilitate avoidance of disputes and the timely and impartial resolution of disputes that are referred to it. IV DRB SCOPE OF WORK A. General: 1. Stay abreast of project developments by means of periodic meetings and site visits, review of progress reports, meeting minutes, and other job documents, and by other means as mutually agreed by all parties. 2. Examine site conditions or specific construction problems relating to an existing or potential dispute, unless such examination is not practical, or, in the judgment of either Sound Transit or the Contractor, would result in a delay to the project. 3. One of the selected members shall serve as Chair. 4. Execute this Agreement at the first meeting with representatives of Sound Transit and the Contractor. B. Establish DRB operating procedures consistent with the requirements and general guidelines set forth in Section , Dispute Review Board: 1. Establish operating procedures mutually agreeable to all parties, such as administrative duties; content and format of information which may be presented at DRB hearings; conduct of hearings; and invoicing details. Establish these UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

44 procedures at the first meeting with representatives of Sound Transit and the Contractor. 2. Initiate new procedures or modify existing procedures as mutually agreed to by all parties. 3. Provide all parties with these operating procedures, including all modified procedures, in written form. C. Recommend Resolution of Disputes: 1. Upon receipt by the DRB of a referral of a dispute from either Sound Transit or Contractor, schedule and conduct a hearing at a time and location set by the DRB following consultation with Sound Transit or Contractor. 2. When proper evaluation of the dispute requires expertise that is not within the collective experience of the DRB, engage, with the prior written approval of Sound Transit and the Contractor, the services of one or more outside consultants as may be needed to advise the DRB. 3. Convene internal meetings as needed to review and discuss the dispute, and to formulate the report. 4. Following each hearing and DRB deliberation, issue timely executed written reports to Sound Transit and the Contractor, including the supporting rationale. 5. When requested and deemed appropriate by the DRB, provide executed written responses to requests for clarification or reconsideration made by either Sound Transit or the Contractor. 6. All DRB reports and responses to requests for clarification or reconsideration shall be signed by all three Board members. D. Perform services and assume responsibilities, as agreed by all parties, as may be required, including those necessary but not listed herein, to achieve the purpose of this Agreement. V RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES A. DRB Responsibilities: 1. Maintain impartiality and avoid conflicts of interest by continuing to meet the specified requirements for nominees for Board members. Promptly advise all parties upon becoming aware of all developments that could be perceived as a conflict of interest. 2. Do not discuss, individually or collectively, issues with Sound Transit or the Contractor that could possibly be construed as compromising the DRB s ability to impartially resolve future disputes, such as the conduct of the work and the resolution of construction problems. 3. Do not express an individual or collective opinion of merit, in whole or in part, for any potential or other dispute at any time prior to the issue of a report, except in the case of an advisory opinion. 4. Except as required when performing the duties of the Chair or conducting a hearing which Sound Transit or Contractor refuses to attend, do not meet or communicate with either Sound Transit or Contractor in the absence of the other. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

45 5. Consider the facts and conditions forming the basis for a referred dispute impartially, and independently and evaluate the merits based on careful consideration of all Contract requirements, applicable law and regulations, and the facts and circumstances of the dispute. Do not: a. Ignore or undermine the clear intent of the Contract, or disregard or alter any requirements of the Contract or allocation of risk specified therein. b. Supplant or otherwise interfere with the respective rights, authority, duties, and obligations of either Sound Transit or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents. 6. Make every effort to reach unanimous recommendations. If this cannot be accomplished, include written minority recommendations and supporting rationale with the report. B. OWNER Responsibilities: 1. Except for participation in the DRB s activities as provided in the Contract Documents and this Agreement, do not solicit advice or consultation from the DRB or its members on matters dealing with the conduct of the work or resolution of problems which might compromise the DRB s ability to impartially resolve future disputes. 2. Furnish to each Board member one copy of the conformed Contract Documents, progress schedule and updates, weekly progress reports, minutes of progress meetings with the Contractor, Change Orders, and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract and necessary for the DRB to conduct its operations. 3. Coordinate DRB operations in cooperation with the Contractor. 4. Arrange for or provide conference facilities at or near the site, and provide copying services. 5. Cooperate with the Contractor and the DRB to facilitate prevention of disputes and the timely and impartial resolution of disputes. C. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Except for participation in the DRB s activities as provided in the Contract Documents and this Agreement, do not solicit advice or consultation from the DRB or its members on matters dealing with the conduct of the work or resolution of problems which might compromise the DRB's ability to impartially resolve future disputes. 2. Furnish to each Board member and to Sound Transit, one copy of pertinent documents other than those furnished by Sound Transit as may be requested. 3. Cooperate with the Owner and the DRB to facilitate prevention of disputes and the timely and impartial resolution of disputes that are referred to it. VI TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION OF DRB ACTIVITIES A. Unless the DRB Chair has been previously identified by the parties, the DRB shall begin its activities by selecting the Chair. After selection of the Chair, DRB activities shall proceed with preparation for the first meeting, including preparation of the DRB operating procedures. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

46 B. This Agreement shall survive the termination, resignation or death of any member. C. The DRB s jurisdiction under this Agreement shall end on the date of final payment under the CONTRACT, unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement of Sound Transit and Contractor. VII PAYMENT A. Payments made to the Board members shall constitute full compensation for work performed, travel time and services rendered, and for all materials, supplies and incidentals necessary to serve on the DRB. B. Payment for services rendered by Board members shall be at the rate and conditions agreed to between Sound Transit and the Contractor and each Board member. C. Board members shall be reimbursed for actual direct, non-salary expenses including automobile mileage, parking, travel expenses from the point of departure to the initial point of arrival, automobile rental, taxi fares, food and lodging, printing, long distance telephone, postage and courier delivery, subject to limitations imposed by the Contract. D. Payment made to Board members in the form of bonus, commission, or consideration of any nature other than that specified hereinabove for performance and service provided under this Agreement, before, during or after the period that this Agreement is in effect, is prohibited. E. Board members shall individually submit invoices for work completed to the Contractor: 1. Not more often than once per month. 2. Based on the agreed billing rate and conditions and on the number of hours expended, together with direct, non-salary expenses including an itemized listing supported by copies of original bills, invoices, and expense accounts. 3. Accompanied by a description of activities performed daily during that period. F. The Contractor shall pay acceptable invoices, approved by Sound Transit, within 30 days of their receipt. G. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for Sound Transit S portion of the DRB costs in accordance with payment provisions specified elsewhere in the Contract. VIII CONFIDENTIALITY AND RECORDKEEPING A. No Board member shall divulge information identified as confidential that has been acquired during DRB activities without obtaining prior written approval from Sound Transit and the Contractor. B. Board members shall maintain cost records pertaining to this Agreement for inspection by Sound Transit or the Contractor for a period of three years following the end or termination of this Agreement. PART 2 - IX ASSIGNMENT A. No party to this Agreement shall assign any duty established under this Agreement. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

47 PART 3 - X. TERMINATION A. This Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of Sound Transit and Contractor at any time upon not less than four weeks written notice to the other parties. B. Individual Board members may be terminated only by agreement of both Sound Transit and the Contractor. C. If a Board member resigns, is unable to serve, or is terminated he or she shall be replaced within four weeks in the same manner as he or she was originally selected. This Agreement shall be amended to indicate the member replacement. PART 4 - XI LEGAL RELATIONS A. The parties to this Agreement expressly acknowledge that each Board member, in the performance of his or her duties on the DRB, is acting in the capacity of an independent agent and not as an employee of Sound Transit or the Contractor. B. Board members shall not participate in subsequent dispute proceedings. C. Sound Transit and the Contractor acknowledge that each Board member is acting in a capacity intended to facilitate the resolution of disputes. Accordingly, it is agreed and acknowledged that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Board member shall be accorded quasi-judicial immunity for any actions or decisions associated with DRB activities. D. Each Board member shall be held harmless for any personal or professional liability arising from or related to DRB activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Sound Transit and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless all Board members for claims, losses, demands, costs, and damages (including reasonable attorney fees) for bodily injury, property damage, or economic loss arising out of or related to Board members carrying out DRB activities. The foregoing indemnity is a joint and several obligation. XII DISPUTES REGARDING THIS THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT A. Disputes among the parties arising out of this Agreement that cannot be resolved by negotiation and mutual concurrence and actions to enforce any right or obligation under this Agreement shall be initiated in the Superior Court of King County, Washington. B. All questions shall be resolved by application of State of Washington law. C. The Board members hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Superior Court of King County, Washington. XIII FUNDING AGENCY REVIEW A. The Federal Transit Administration s Project Management Oversight Committee has the right to review DRB reports and to attend DRB hearings, but not to attend private DRB deliberations. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

48 XIV THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT Entered into on, between: (month) (day) (year Board Members By (Signature) By (Signature) By (Signature) (Name) (Name) (Name) Contractor By (Signature) By (Name) Title Sound Transit By (Signature) By (Name) Title UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT FORM LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

49 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the submittal, use, and preservation of Bidder s (Contractor s and Subcontractor s) Escrow Bid Documentation, as defined in Article 1.03, herein (hereinafter also referred to as Bid Documentation, Bid Document or Documents ). The Bid Documents provided by the Bidders(s) shall be specific enough that a third person could look at the Bid Documents and determine the labor, material and equipment costs for each Contract Division and Specification Section within the Division. The Bid Documents shall also identify field and home office overhead and profit. The apparent low Bidder shall execute the enclosed Escrow Bid Documentation Instruction Agreement and submit no later than the meeting to review the Bid Documents as set forth in Article 1.04A, herein. B. An Escrow Bid Documentation Agreement is appended to this Section BIDDER RESPONSIBILITIES A. The apparent low Bidder and second low Bidder shall submit a legible copy of all Escrow Bid Documentation used to prepare the bid for this Contract no later then the time set forth in Article 1.04A, herein. B. Sound Transit may also request Bid Documentation from all other Bidders and Bid Documentation shall be provided to Sound Transit within two business days of request ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION DEFINITION A. The terms Escrow Bid Documentation, Bid Documentation and Bid Documents as used in this Section include, but are not limited to, the following documents: 1. Quotes from subcontractors, suppliers, subconsultants, and materialmen with all backup documentation; 2. Takeoff sheets, cut and add sheets, and all backup documentation; 3. All writings, drafts, working papers, take off sheets, phone logs, computer printouts, charts, electronic data, spreadsheets, drawings, scope of work narratives or outlines, photographs, and all other documentation or data compilations which contain or reflect all information, data, and calculations compiled to, referred to, related to, and/or used to: a. Estimate and/or prepare the bid; b. Estimate productivity, types of equipment and materials, and manpower; and c. Estimate, determine, evaluate, and/or compare equipment rates, labor rates, efficiency or productivity factors, and overhead and profit rates. 4. All survey notes or calculations, and/or site visit notes or documents; and UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

50 5. All manuals, books, and/or reference guides which used by in determining the bid for this Contract. If such manuals, books, and/or reference guides are standard in the industry, they may be included in the Bid Documentation by reference provided the reference includes the title, edition, publication date, and author. At the request of Sound Transit, the Bidder shall provide a copy of the manuals, books, and reference guides at no cost to Sound Transit. B. If Bidders provide rolled up take off sheets or electronic data for any aspect of the Escrow Bid Documentation, Bidders shall also provide the backup documentation supporting the rolled up take off sheets and electronic data. C. The Bidder(s) shall provide the Escrow Bid Documentation as defined in Article 1.03A, herein, for all subcontractors, suppliers, and material with an estimated contract value of greater than $50,000. D. The term Escrow Bid Documentation does not include the bid documents provided by Sound Transit for use by the Bidders in bidding on this Contract. E. Unsuccessful Bidders shall not destroy, throw away, or write over any Escrow Bid Documentation or any other documentation used in, referenced, and referring to the Bidder s bid until the return of the Bidder s bid bond by Sound Transit DELIVERY OF BID DOCUMENTATION TO SOUND TRANSIT A. Within four business days after being requested, the apparent low Bidder and second low Bidder shall submit Bid Documentation to Sue Craven, Sound Transit Procurement and Contracts, 401 S. Jackson Street, Seattle, WA B. If a Bidder has submitted Escrow Bid Documentation pursuant to this Section, but does not become the Contractor, its Escrow Bid Documentation will be returned with its bid bond. C. Escrow Bid Documentation shall be submitted as follows: 1. All Escrow Bid Documentation shall be in folder(s) or three-ring binder(s). The folder(s) or three ring binder(s) shall be clearly marked Escrow Bid Documentation - Contract No. LR 1-09 and shall contain the Bidder s name, contact person, phone number, and date of submittal. Escrow Bid Documentation shall be kept by Sound Transit Procurement in a separate sealed container for the duration of the Contract. 2. Bidders shall mark all pages of the Bid Documentation it considers proprietary or confidential, accordingly. Such information will be treated as such by Sound Transit; however, Sound Transit cannot insure that this information would not be subject to release pursuant to a public disclosure request. In the event Sound Transit receives a request for such information, Sound Transit will immediately advise the Bidder and will not release the marked documents for a period of not less than ten days in order to give the Bidder an opportunity to obtain a court order prohibiting the release of the information in response to the public disclosure request. 3. The writing on the pages shall be legible. 4. The paper shall be white in color or some other light (neutral) colored paper. 5. Documents shall be in the English language. Currency shall be expressed in U.S. dollars, and measurement units in either metric or U.S. units. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

51 D. Bidders shall include with their Escrow Bid Documentation an affidavit signed under oath by an individual authorized by the Bidder to execute bids and contracts. 1. The affidavit shall list each document with sufficient specificity and reference page number(s) so that a comparison can be made between the list, the Contract specification numbers, and the Bid Documentation to ensure that all Escrow Bid Documentation listed in the affidavit has been enclosed and that all documentation has been provided to Sound Transit. 2. The affidavit shall state that the affiant has personally examined the Escrow Bid Documentation and that all documentation that was used in preparing the bid and that supports how the bid price was calculated was provided to Sound Transit. E. Documents listed in the affidavit but not included in the folder(s) or three ring binder(s) through error or oversight by the Bidder, shall be submitted to Sound Transit within two business days after notification from Sound Transit that Bid Documentation is missing or within two business days after the Bidder becomes aware of the error. F. Prior to Contract execution, Sound Transit and the apparent low Bidder shall meet to review the Bid Documentation to ensure that the submitted Bid Documentation satisfies the requirements of this Section. G. If Sound Transit determines that the Escrow Bid Documentation is illegible, not electronically accessible, or not submitted in accordance with this Section, the Bidder shall: 1. Provide legible copies of the Bid Documentation. 2. Supply the software necessary to access the Bid Documentation. 3. Comply with the requirements of this Section within two business days of Sound Transit s request. H. If Sound Transit believes that the Bidder has not provided all Escrow Bid Documentation, the Bidder shall, within two business days of Sound Transit s request, supply additional documentation or an explanation as to why the documentation does not exist. I. Failure to submit Escrow Bid Documentation within the times prescribed, failure to be cooperative with Sound Transit in providing the Bid Documentation, and destruction of Bid Documents is just reason for a Bidder to be found not responsible and Sound Transit may reject the Bidder as not responsible USE OF BID DOCUMENTATION A. The Bidder(s)/Contractor agree that the Escrow Bid Documentation shall contain all documentation used in preparing the bid. No other Bid Documentation concerning the Contractor s calculation of its bid shall be utilized by the Contractor during disputes and/or litigation of claims brought by the Contractor arising out of this Contract, unless otherwise approved by Sound Transit. B. The Escrow Bid Documentation may be reviewed and used by Sound Transit to determine the Contractor s bid concept, to evaluate the Contractor s breakdown of Contract Price, evaluate productivity and schedule, negotiate price adjustments under the Contract, evaluate Requests For Information, Requests For Change Order, Change Proposals, Claims or for any other reason related to the Contract. C. Sound Transit may copy the Escrow Bid Documents and may provide the working copy(s) to Sound Transit personnel, agents, or consultants. Sound Transit, its agents, and UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

52 consultants, may maintain working copies of the Bid Documents and at the request of Resident Engineer, all copies of Escrow Bid Documents will be returned to Sound Transit or destroyed. D. If a Disputes Review Board or Mediator is used to resolve disputed claims, the Board members and/or Mediator shall have unrestricted use and access to the Escrow Bid Documentation for purposes of evaluating, understanding, resolving and settling disputes/claims. The Dispute Review Board or Mediator shall maintain submitted documents in a sealed file, marked confidential and proprietary and returned to Sound Transit at the conclusion of the DRB or mediation process. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) ATTACHMENT A. Escrow Bid Documentation Agreement END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

53 SECTION ATTACHMENT A ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION AGREEMENT Public Body: Sound Transit Contract No.: LR Project Name: U260 Track Work Estimated Contract Completion Date: This Agreement is for the retention of Escrow Bid Documentation submitted in accordance with Specification Section , Escrow Bid Documentation, Contract No. LR by, (Contractor) the company hired by Puget Sound Regional Transit Agency (Sound Transit) to perform all the work associated with the Project named above. Pursuant to Contracts Documents, the parties agree to the following conditions of this escrow agreement: 1 DURATION AND USE OF BID DOCUMENTATION A. The Escrow Bid Documentation and affidavit shall remain in a secured location under the control of Sound Transit during the life of the Contract and will be returned to the Contractor by Sound Transit, Procurement 30 days after whichever event occurs later: (1) the payment of retention, or (2) the issuance of final Acceptance and resolution of all claims, disputes and/or litigation. B. The Escrow Bid Documentation may be used to determine the Contractor s bid concept, to evaluate the Contractor s breakdown of Contract Price, to negotiate price adjustments under the Contract, evaluate Requests For Information, Requests For Change Order, Change Proposals, Claims or for any other reason related to or arising out of this Contract. Pursuant to the Contract Specifications Section , Escrow Bid Documentation, Sound Transit may copy the Escrow Bid Documents and utilize copies. C. For purposes of protecting the Escrow Bid Documents, Sound Transit and the Contractor shall each designate a maximum of three authorized representatives that may access the Escrow Bid Documents. Such designations shall be by letter to the other party. The Contractor and/or Sound Transit may change the authorized representatives with written notice and copying the other party. Unless Sound Transit receives a letter from the Contractor s Project Manager authorizing access to Sound Transit without the presence of a Contractor s representative, the presence of both an authorized representative from Sound Transit and the Contractor shall be required to gain access to the Escrow Bid Documentation located at Sound Transit. At no time shall the Contractor have access to the Escrow Bid Documents and affidavit located at Sound Transit without the presence of UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION AGREEMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

54 a Sound Transit authorized representative. Following each examination, the Escrow Bid Documentation will be returned to Sound Transit. D. Article 1.4 above does not apply when Sound Transit or Contractor accesses their working copies of the Escrow Bid Documentation. 2 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES A. For the Contractor are: B. For Sound Transit are: 3 REMEDIES FOR REFUSAL OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE OR ALLOW ACCESS TO BID DOCUMENTATION A. If the Contractor fails or refuses to allow Sound Transit to access, examine, copy, and/or maintain a copy of the Escrow Bid Documentation, the parties agree that: 1. Sound Transit shall provide access to the Escrow Bid Documents to Sound Transit if Sound Transit provides a declaration and supporting documentation showing that: a. Sound Transit provided the Contractor with a minimum of 24-hour written notice of its intent to access and/or copy the Escrow Bid Documentation; b. Sound Transit provided timely written notice to the Contractor regarding access to the Escrow Bid Documentation; c. the Contractor has either failed to acknowledge notice of Sound Transit s request, is refusing to allow Sound Transit access to the Escrow Bid Documentation, or is refusing to allow Sound Transit to access the Escrow Bid Documentation and it has been more than two days (48 hours) since Sound Transit provided notice of its intents to access the Escrow Bid Documents. 2. An employee from Sound Transit shall be present when Sound Transit accesses the Escrow Bid Documentation to ensure the authenticity of the Escrow Bid Documents. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION AGREEMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

55 Contractor Sound Transit By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date Signed: Date Signed: Notice to: Resident Engineer address END OF AGREEMENT UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION ATTACHMENT A IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK ESCROW BID DOCUMENTATION AGREEMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

56 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

57 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION COORDINATION WITH OTHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for constraints on construction, coordination with SDOT, and community relations. B. The following Section is in addition to the coordination requirements contained in the General Conditions COORDINATION WITH OTHER SOUND TRANSIT CONTRACTORS A. Attend meetings scheduled by the Resident Engineer to coordinate Sound Transit s U240 and U250 contractor s operations with the construction of this Contract. B. Coordinate Work with the following Sound Transit contractors. Dates of construction are estimated, and are subject to change. TABLE 2 OTHER SOUND TRANSIT CONTRACTORS Contract No. Description Estimated Schedule Location/Item of Work U250 U240 U COORDINATION WITH KING COUNTY METRO A. The Contractor shall coordinate its work with the Resident Engineer and King County Metro Transit/King County for all street work that affects the operations of Metro bus operations. B. Coordination with King County Metro (KCM) shall include: C. Coordinate work with the Resident Engineer and King County Metro for all street work that affects the operations of Metro bus operations. D. Coordination with King County Metro (KCM) shall include: 1. Allowing for salvage, relocation and/or installation of bus stop shelters, bus stop signs, bus stop trash receptacles, overhead power for electric trolley buses, or other KCM facilities. 2. Accommodation for KCM buses when the Contractor is modifying traffic patterns. Thirty days notice shall be given to KCM before traffic control changes are made that will impact the trolley bus wire alignment or bus stops. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK COORDINATION WITH OTHERS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

58 3. Assistance and coordination with KCM facility modifications during construction. 4. KCM shall be invited to participate in weekly coordination meetings. Report on work completed, upcoming work scheduled, and all long-range work issues requiring KCM coordination. 5. Temporary relocation of bus stops and restoration of permanent stops. When the Contractor s upcoming Work will interfere with the use of existing bus stops on the corridor, submit temporary bus stop locations and designs as part of the traffic control plan. Construct approved temporary bus stops at no additional cost to Sound Transit to the following requirements: a. A raised landing of 6-inch curb height b. Accessible for wheel chair lift deployment c. Provide safe walkways to adjacent cross streets d. Lighted for night use e. At least 75 feet long and nine feet wide. 6. KCM will provide and install signage and rider alert information at no cost to the Contractor. Existing bus shelters, bus stop signage, and related items will remain the property of KCM. KCM will be responsible for removal and installation of these items. 7. A KCM safety watch or line crew shall be present at the Site at all times when the Contractor's operations will be within 10-feet of energized trolley wires. A KCM line crew shall be required when necessary to barrier the energized trolley wire. Notify KCM Power Distribution headquarters at (206) at least 10 days before support work is required. Costs charged by KCM for a safety watch or line crew required by the Contractor will be borne by Sound Transit COORDINATION WITH SEATTLE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION A. The Seattle Department of Transportation (SDOT) has jurisdiction over the streets and roadways. The Contractor shall closely coordinate its activities with SDOT. B. Coordinate through the Resident Engineer for SDOT reviews of traffic control plans, proposed modifications to traffic signals, and haul route plans. C. If surface construction activities affect access to surrounding businesses, notice signs shall be posted prior to date of construction COMMUNITY RELATIONS A. Sound Transit will establish a program of public contact for conducting effective relationships with communities and businesses in proximity to the construction areas. As part of these programs, establish and maintain a continuing liaison with persons occupying property or doing business in the immediate area of the worksite for the purpose of minimizing inconveniences resulting from construction. B. Jointly contact with Sound Transit those residents and business owners who might reasonably be expected to be affected by the construction and make known to them the name of the Sound Transit representative on the worksite with responsibility for community relations and explain to them the means by which the representative can be contacted expeditiously. Stay informed of problems caused by the construction. Post UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK COORDINATION WITH OTHERS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

59 advance notice signs as necessary to inform public and surrounding businesses of upcoming construction activities. C. Designate an on site, community relations specialist for the duration of the Contract D. Visual impacts due to construction will be mitigated with simple screen measures; for instance, noise walls around construction sites and staging areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK COORDINATION WITH OTHERS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

60 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

61 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes specifications for project meetings prior to and during construction. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work SPECIAL MEETINGS 1. Section , Scheduling of Work 2. Section , Quality Control. A. Special meetings will be scheduled and conducted by Sound Transit throughout the course of construction as Sound Transit deems necessary PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. A pre-construction meeting will be scheduled and conducted by Sound Transit not more than 15 days after the date of the Notice of Contract Award. Attendance is required by the project manager, superintendent, and other necessary personnel. Sound Transit will provide written notice of this meeting not less than four working days prior to the date of the meeting. B. At this meeting, Sound Transit will: 1. Introduce representatives of Sound Transit, governmental agencies, public and private utilities. 2. Explain and discuss the responsibilities and authorities of the Resident Engineer. 3. Discuss Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), Small Business Enterprise (SBE), and affirmative action requirements along with the Community Relations functions. 4. Discuss construction quality control requirements, as specified in Section , Quality Control. 5. Discuss Contract quality assurance requirements. 6. Discuss Safety Certification process requirements. 7. Define and establish requirements for safety, first-aid, emergency actions, security, and full-time safety representatives. 8. Explain and discuss selected laws, codes, traffic regulations, and permit requirements of public agencies and their regulations. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT MEETINGS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

62 9. Discuss procedures for processing Change Notices (CNs), Change Orders (COs), correspondence, Requests for Information (RFIs), shop drawings, submittals, product data, and samples. 10. Discuss monthly progress payments. 11. Discuss quality control meetings every two weeks. 12. Discuss final payments. 13. Discuss project schedule 14. Discuss Special Conditions C. Plan to discuss the following at this meeting: 1. Introduce project representatives, and briefly describe each person's responsibilities. 2. Distribute and discuss the list identifying major Small Business and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (SBE and DBE) Subcontractors including their areas of responsibility. 3. Discuss use of office, streets, rights-of-way, haul routes, storage areas, staging areas, construction areas, and temporary easements. 4. Define housekeeping procedures. 5. Discuss construction means and methods. 6. Describe anticipated means and methods for worksite layout, erosion and sedimentation control plans, haul routes, air and water pollution control, temporary street closings, hazardous building materials, and site drainage. 7. Discuss coordination and notifications required for utility work and services. 8. Discuss deliveries and priorities of major equipment. 9. Discuss breakdown of schedule of values for lump sum items. 10. Discuss construction progress schedule. 11. Discuss public safety measures CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Construction progress meetings will be scheduled and conducted by the Resident Engineer and held each week during the period of performance of the Contract for the competent and timely execution of the Contract. Include representatives of Subcontractors who are or will be performing work during the current and following month in the progress meetings. B. Distribute notices of these meetings before such meetings to Subcontractors. C. The agenda for construction progress meetings will be prepared by the Resident Engineer and will generally include the following: 1. Introduce new attendees and areas of responsibility. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT MEETINGS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

63 2. Review minutes of previous meetings, amend minutes if necessary, and accept minutes. 3. Discuss Construction Safety. 4. Discuss Community Outreach 5. Discuss MBE/DBE/WBE Utilization and Apprenticeship Program issues 6. At the first meeting of each month, analyze work accomplished since previous meeting. 7. At each meeting, display and discuss the status of the Critical Path activities. If they are behind schedule, describe the methods intended to be used to bring these activities back on schedule. 8. Discuss corrective measures to maintain progress. 9. Discuss the Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedule submitted as specified in Section , Scheduling of Work, and last work plan for the previous period showing activities accomplished and those not completed in accordance with the prior submittal. Discuss the reasons for failure to complete the work as shown in the schedule and the methods to be implemented to complete the unfinished activities. 10. Confirm that all related submittals have a satisfactory disposition as No Exceptions Taken or Exceptions as Noted Resubmission Not Required unless this is not in conjunction with the Readiness Review Meeting indicated in Section , Quality Control. If the submittal is Exceptions as Noted Resubmission Not Required, confirm that all comments have been implemented. 11. Discuss quality observations, issues, non-conformances, and employee work standards. 12. Discuss coordination of utility work. 13. Discuss utility strikes. 14. Discuss changed conditions, time extensions, and other relevant subjects as they affect the progress of the Work. 15. Discuss the status of Contract changes: new changes, status of negotiations, and completed changes. D. All charges to the contract shall be in writing from the Resident Engineer. E. Review the minutes of the meeting prepared by Sound Transit and submit all requested corrections. Minutes will be prepared in action-item format with named responsible parties and dates for completion indicated for each item QUALITY MEETINGS A. Every two weeks attend Quality Control Meetings with Sound Transit s Representative, the Contractor s Quality Representative, inspectors and Third Parties (if required) to discuss contract quality issues. Items discussed will be documented by Sound Transit s Representative with due dates for assigned action items. Minutes will be distributed to all attendees and other interested parties. At a minimum, the Quality Meetings shall cover topics of: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT MEETINGS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

64 1. Construction Work Plans; 2. Inspections; 3. Test Plans, Procedures, and Test Results; 4. Non-conformance Reports; 5. Safety Critical submittals; 6. Audit / Surveillance Findings; 7. Off-site activities; 8. Materials received; 9. Special inspections and tests. 10. Updates to As-built Contract Documents 1.06 PROGRESS PAYMENT MEETINGS A. On the 25th of each month, meet with the Resident Engineer to discuss the monthly progress payment CHANGE ORDER MEETINGS A. Every two weeks or as necessary, meet with the Resident Engineer to negotiate Change Orders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT MEETINGS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

65 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION INTERNET BASED DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies an Internet-based document management and document storage system required for use by the Contractor and Sound Transit for collaboration and selected project communications. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work SUBMITTALS 1. Section Project Record Documents A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Initial and Quarterly Updates of User Information C. User Identification Information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOFTWARE 1. Submit the following for each authorized user within 10 Days of NTP: a. Name, title and company affiliation. b. Address, phone numbers, address and fax numbers. c. Specific job relate functions. d. Level of authority within Contractor organization. e. Date on which access to ST Portal is required. A. Sound Transit will provide the Expedition 12.1 Software, U Link Project Portal, and Sharepoint by Microsoft. B. Procure AutoCAD-2008 for use in engineering submittals TRAINING A. Provide training on Expedition for all Contractor office personnel. B. Sound Transit will provide training on Sharepoint for all Contractor office personnel. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK INTERNET BASED DOCUMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

66 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 USE OF EXPEDITION A. Submit and Process the following via Expedition: 1. Project Information: Contacts. 2. Communication: Requests for Information, Non-conformance Reports. 3. Logs: Submittals. B. Expedition Modules Available for Contractor Viewing Only with Security 1. Communication: Transmittals, Correspondence Sent, Correspondence Received, Meeting Minutes. 2. Logs: Drawing Sets, Submittal Packages, Submittals. C. Use Sound Transit specified protocol for naming and numbering all communications USE OF SHAREPOINT A. The following project information will be available for the Contractor s viewing via Sharepoint: 1. Contract Drawings (Conformed) 2. Contract Specifications (Conformed) 3. Codes and Standards 4. Project Permits 5. Project Photos 6. Right-of-Way Easements 7. Meeting Minutes 8. Partnering 9. Safety 10. Project Events and Community Relations 11. Schedules 12. Sound Transit Project Manuals 13. Environmental 14. Traffic Control Plans 15. Third Party Agreements 16. OCIP Policies 17. Project Labor Agreement UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK INTERNET BASED DOCUMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

67 3.03 PAPER COPIES 18. Other Non-Confidential Collaborative Information and Documents A. Provide Sound Transit with hard copy, or copies, of all project communications. B. The electronic transfer of RFIs, and Submittals via Expedition does not supercede the requirement to transmit hard copies of all project communications USE REQUIREMENTS A. Limit access to authorized users only. B. Encourage subcontractors to use the system to improve communications and coordination. C. In the event of the system being unavailable continue project communication via hard copy. D. Train all users on the use of the software and subsequent updates. E. Provide all contractor hardware, contractor software and contractor internet service for the duration of the contract. F. Contractor access is limited to documents related to its contract only DATE-STAMP REQUIREMENTS A. The clock for ST review time of RFI s and Submittals begins when the ST Construction Management team receives the electronic copy of the RFI, or the paper copies of the submittal. The clock for review time of RFI s stops when ST transmits the answer electronically, or delivers the paper copies of the submittal. B. Batch transmittals of RFIs by the Contractor on Fridays are prohibited SOUND TRANSIT RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Contractor access to the Sound Transit Portal for the duration of the Contract. B. Manage the permission level for all users of the system. C. Manage the security of the system. D. Train Contractor personnel on the use of Sharepoint. E. Provide technical support and maintenance of the portal, and Sharepoint. F. Remove unauthorized users when notified by the Contractor. G. Adjust and revise the folder structure as necessary. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK INTERNET BASED DOCUMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

68 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

69 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION SCHEDULING OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for the preparation, revision, and submittal of cost loaded Contract Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work SUBMITTALS 1. Section , Internet Based Document Management System. A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Formats for Submittals: 1. Hard Copy Formats a. Draft Baseline CPM Schedule, Contract CPM Baseline Schedule, and Re-Baselined Contract CPM Schedule Time-scaled network diagram; sheets no smaller than 22 inches wide by 34 inches long, and no larger than 34 inches wide by 44 inches long. b. Monthly CPM Schedule Update: Time-scaled network diagram; sheets no smaller than 22 inches wide by 34 inches long, and no larger than 34 inches wide by 44 inches long. c. Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedule: Sheets no larger than 11 inches by 17 inches and no smaller than 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches using landscape orientation. d. Schedule Narratives: Medium 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches in size. Charts may be submitted in a medium up to 11 inches by 17 inches in size for reports. e. Monthly Progress Status Report: Medium 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches in size. Charts may be submitted in a medium up to 11 inches by 17 inches in size for reports. 2. Electronic Copy Format a. Draft Baseline CPM Schedule, Contract CPM Baseline Schedule and Re-Baselined Contract CPM Schedule: Electronic backup file in its native form and in.pdf format. b. Monthly CPM Schedule Updates: Electronic backup file in its native form with the Contract CPM Baseline Schedule (or Re-Baselined Contract CPM Schedule if required) and previous Monthly CPM Schedule Update UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

70 either saved as baselines within the file or the ability to target prior electronic versions as baselines and in.pdf format. C. Schedule Submittals, as stated and in accordance with Section , Internet Based Document Management System: 1. Draft Baseline CPM Schedule: One reproducible copy, two electronic copies (native file and PDF) and narrative. 2. Contract CPM Baseline Schedule: One reproducible copy, two electronic copies (native file and PDF) and narrative. 3. Monthly CPM Schedule Update: One reproducible copy, two electronic copies (native file and PDF) and narrative. 4. Re-Baselined Contract CPM Schedule: One reproducible copy, two electronic copies (native file and PDF) and narrative. 5. Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedule: One copy. D. Monthly Progress Status Report with each Application for Payment E. Schedule of Values: 1. Draft Schedule of Values: Submit at NTP. 2. Final Schedule of Values: Submit within 30 Days after effective date of Notice to Proceed. 3. Updated Schedule of Values: Following approval of Change Orders that alter the Contract Price. F. If re-submittals are required, provide the same format and number of copies as required for the original submittal GENERAL A. Schedules shall represent a practical plan to complete the work within the Contract period, and shall convey the plan to execute the work. Show the sequence and interdependencies of activities required for complete performance of he work. B. The submittal of schedules will be understood by Sound Transit to be the Contractor's representation that the schedule meets the requirements of the Contract Documents and that the work will be executed in the sequence and duration indicated in the schedule. C. Failure to include any element of work required for performance of the Contract or failure to properly sequence the work shall not excuse the Contractor from completing all work within the Contract Time. D. All schedule submittals, excluding monthly progress reports, are subject to Sound Transit approval. Sound Transit retains the right to withhold appropriate monies (up to the full value of the current progress payment) from progress payments until the Contractor submits an acceptable Baseline Contract CPM schedule, and Monthly CPM Schedule Update schedule updates acceptable to Sound Transit. E. Certify in writing and have signed by major subcontractors that the Baseline Contract CPM Schedule and Re-Baselined Contract CPM Schedule have been discussed in detail UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

71 with all major subcontractors and major suppliers as it relates to their respective work, and submit a copy of the certificate to Sound Transit. F. Use the Retained Logic preference for scheduling activities. G. Develop schedules using industry standard best practices including, but not limited to: 1. No open-ended activities. 2. No use of constraints other than those defined in the Contract Documents without the prior approval of Sound Transit. 3. No negative leads or lags. 4. No excessive leads or lags without prior justification and approval from Sound Transit. H. For individual schedule construction activities, do not exceed 14 days in duration without prior approval of Sound Transit. Subdivide activities exceeding 14 days in duration to an appropriate level. I. Sufficiently describe schedule activities to include what is to be accomplished in each work area. Express activity durations in whole days. Clearly define work that is to be performed by subcontract. J. Create the schedule in conformance with the work-hours, constraints, and Activity Code Structure, set forth in these Contract Documents. K. Activity Code structure: 1. Identify each activity with codes including as a minimum: L. Cost Coding/Loading: a. The party responsible for performing the work. b. Where work is to be subcontracted, the subcontractor to be responsible for performing the work. c. The Schedule of Values and CSI classification associated with the work. d. Sound Transit will provide formats for additional cost and activity coding and reports electronically at the pre-construction conference. Incorporate these codes and report formats into the current version of the schedule. 1. The Baseline Contract CPM Schedule, Monthly CPM Schedule Updates and any Re-Baseline Contract CPM Schedule are required to be cost-loaded and costcoded. 2. Cost load summary or detailed activities that correlate on a one-to-one match with line items on the Schedule of Values with the assigned dollar value such that the cost-loaded activities cumulatively equal the Total Contract Amount. 3. The assigned dollar-value (cost-loading) of each activity shall be the same as line items in the Schedule of Values. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

72 4. All activities in the schedule are required to be cost-coded whether or not they are cost-loaded to assist in the determination of actual percent complete DRAFT BASELINE CPM SCHEDULE A. Submit a schedule covering the complete Contract Work at NTP. B. Submit the schedule in a time-scale showing a Critical Path Method (CPM) format. C. Include with the submittal a written narrative that describes the schedule and the approach to the work that will be employed during the Contract Period. D. Include all submittal and fabrication activities required to supply construction for the duration of the Contract. E. The intention of the Draft Baseline CPM Schedule is to incorporate all of Sound Transit s comments and enable a Baseline Contract CPM Schedule to be approved and in place within 30-Days following NTP and prior to the first monthly payment application BASELINE CONTRACT CPM SCHEDULE A. Submit a calendar time scaled CPM network diagram schedule covering the complete Contract Work incorporating all of Sound Transit s comments to the Draft Baseline CPM Schedule within 30 Days following the date of the Notice to Proceed. B. A Contract Schedule showing the work completed in less than the Contract time, which is found practical by Sound Transit, shall be considered to have float. Impractical earlycompletion schedules will not be accepted by Sound Transit. The float shall be the time between the scheduled completion of the work and the Contract completion date. Float shall not be for the exclusive benefit of either Sound Transit or the Contractor. Float shall be a resource available to both parties. C. Revise and resubmit a schedule if determined to be impractical in the opinion of the Resident Engineer. D. Utilize Primavera Project Planner, Version 6.0 software, or other software pre-approved by Sound Transit, to prepare the schedule. E. Show clearly on the Contract CPM Schedule the sequence and interdependence of activities and list/code specifically: 1. Delivery of Sound Transit-furnished materials or equipment, if any. 2. Inspection of the work including punch list and acceptance. 3. Work to be performed by other agencies or utilities that affect the schedule. 4. Acquisition of permits. F. Indicate on the schedule diagram a clearly defined critical path. G. Subdivide all concrete activities, as a minimum, into formwork, rebar placement, placement and finish sub-activities, and curing periods. H. Do not use large, non-specific generic activities. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

73 1.06 MONTHLY CPM SCHEDULE UPDATES A. Submit once per month, a Monthly CPM Schedule Update showing the progress of the work to date submitted with the Monthly Progress Report. B. Include with the update an electronic back-up of the native schedule file. If not utilizing a scheduling software program that enables Sound Transit to target other previously submitted electronic schedule files, include in the electronic file the Baseline Contract CPM Schedule (or subsequent Re-baselined Contract CPM Schedule) and the previous Monthly CPM Schedule Update (if applicable) saved as Baselines that can be viewed as a comparison to the current schedule. C. Payment will not be made without an approved Contract Baseline CPM Schedule, Rebaselined Contract CPM Schedule, or Monthly CPM Schedule Update. D. The data date (statused) in the Monthly CPM Schedule Update is as of the last day of the corresponding month (i.e. for schedules submitted at the beginning of February the data date shall be January 31). E. Incorporate actual progress, start dates, completion dates, and progress up to the data date in a schedule update. Address changes and revisions made in the Monthly CPM Schedule Update in the narrative accompanying the submittal. F. Change Orders will be addressed in accordance with the General Conditions and incorporated into the Contract CPM Schedule as individual schedule activities. G. Payment will not be made without current approved Monthly CPM Schedule Update. H. Include changes to the cost loading with changes made to the schedule. Equate all the remaining activities to be completed to the remaining cost of the Work. Additions or deletions to activities to the schedule will require subsequent revisions to ensure that the schedule continues to correlate to the current Schedule of Values. I. If according to the current updated Contract CPM schedule, the work is fourteen or more days behind the Contract completion date, or the schedule contains fourteen or more days of negative float, considering all granted time extensions, submit, prior to the next progress payment, a revised recovery schedule, showing a work plan to complete the work within the original schedule period. Include with the submittal a detailed narrative describing the means and methods proposed to achieve the work in the time period. Sound Transit may withhold approximate progress payments until a revised schedule, acceptable to Sound Transit, is submitted by the Contractor at no additional expense to Sound Transit RE-BASELINED CONTRACT CPM SCHEDULE A. If, in the opinion of and at the request of Sound Transit, the work has significantly fallen behind and/or the nature or plan of the work has changed from that which was originally portrayed in the Contract Baseline CPM Schedule, submit a Re-Baselined CPM Schedule that portrays the plan to complete the remaining Contract Work. B. Cost-load the Re-Baselined CPM Contract Schedule. This forms the basis for all subsequent Monthly CPM Schedule Updates THREE-WEEK LOOK-AHEAD SCHEDULE A. Submit a Gantt chart format depicting the intended work activities for the upcoming three-week period plus a one-week retrospective look on a weekly basis. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

74 B. All activities in the Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedule must correlate to an activity in the current Monthly CPM Schedule Update either as a one-to-one match, or as a subset of activities whose cumulative duration correlate to an activity in the Monthly CPM Schedule Update. C. Note and explain in writing all deviations, including but not limited to sequences of work, timing, and durations of activities, from the Baseline Contract CPM Schedule or Monthly CPM Schedule updates. There deviations must be addressed in the following Monthly CPM Schedule Update. D. Portray all activities clearly and legibly on the schedule and include logical activity numbers. E. Submit the schedule at the weekly construction progress meeting SCHEDULE NARRATIVES A. Include with Draft Contract CPM Schedule the Contract Baseline CPM Schedule and the Re-Baselined CPM Schedule submittal a written narrative describing the approach and methods for completion of the work. Use understandable narrative that conveys schedule information to Sound Transit. B. Include with the Monthly CPM Schedule Update submittal a written narrative describing: 1. ALL changes, additions or deletions that have been made to the schedule since the prior month and, with the exception of adding actual durations, a reason for each of the changes. 2. Provide a listing of all activities that were planned on being completed, or worked on during the reporting period but were not, the reason for the lack of activity and the plan for addressing adverse impacts to the project. C. Include assumptions made in developing and updating the schedule in the narratives. D. Include risk items that could potentially have an adverse impact to the schedule and how these risks are to be addressed in the narratives MONTHLY PROGRESS STATUS REPORT A. The Monthly Progress Status Report is a narrative report that will describe work activities accomplished in the reporting period, intended work activities for upcoming reporting period, problem areas and actions intended to mitigate the problem areas, work that is being performed out of sequence with accepted schedules, status of Change Orders, notices of potential claims, status of submittals, status of Contractor procurement items, and community relations activities. B. Sound Transit will provide format(s) for the narrative reporting at the pre-construction meeting. C. Submit the monthly progress status report and CPM schedule update with the monthly pay request 1.11 REVIEW, UPDATE AND REVISIONS A. Allow for Sound Transit review with comments according to the following schedule from the date of receipt: 1. Draft Contract CPM Baseline Schedule: 14 days. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

75 2. Contract CPM Baseline Schedule: 7 days 3. Monthly CPM Schedule Updates: 7 days 4. Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedule: two days B. Make all corrections to the schedule requested by Sound Transit and resubmit the schedule for approval if requested. If the Contractor does not agree with Sound Transit's comments, provide written notice of disagreement within five days from the receipt of Sound Transit's comments for the Preliminary 60-Day, Contract CPM Baseline Schedule, Monthly CPM Schedule Updates, and Three-Week Look-Ahead Schedules. Sound Transit s comments for which the Contractor disagrees shall be resolved in a meeting held for that purpose, if necessary REQUESTS FOR TIME EXTENSIONS A. Be responsible for submitting a written request for all extensions of Contract Time in accordance with the General Conditions. Requests not submitted in writing, without the required documentation and not submitted in a time consistent with the General Conditions will not be considered. B. Include in the request documentation with written justification for the extension of time, supporting evidence and specific references to the schedule. C. Also include with request an analysis of a calendar time-scaled CPM network schedule (FRAGNET) and reports depicting the time impact basis of the request with the affected areas prominently highlighted. Use only the most current accepted schedule at the time the impact occurred when determining time extension request. D. If Sound Transit finds that the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time of any completion date under the provisions of the Contract, Sound Transit's determination of the total number of days extension will be based upon the current analysis of the Contract CPM Schedule and upon data relevant to the extension. Extensions of time for performance under all of the provisions of the Contract will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments for the activity or activities affected exceed the total float along the paths involved of the accepted and current Contract CPM Schedule SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Developed and used to provide an allocation of the Contract Price for measurement and payment for the Application for Payment. B. Provide in Excel format. C. Developed to an appropriate level of detail to ensure accurate payment for the work accomplished. At a minimum the Schedule of Values will be developed to the following detail: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

76 Division 02 - Existing Condition Qty Unit Price Total Buildings & Foundations Demolition EA $ $ Disconnect, cut & cap utility services LS $ $ Remove 225KVA transformer EA $ $ Debris Removal & Disposal CF $ $ Division 31 - Clearing And Grubbing Clear & Grub SY $ $ Trenching $ Backfilling $ D. Correlated with the cost loaded schedule. E. Bilaterally agreed to between the Contractor and the Resident Engineer. F. Format to be provided with each Application for Payment: 1. Contract Price allocated as specified in this Section. 2. Dollars earned and percent complete for prior month. 3. Dollars earned and percent complete this month. 4. Dollars earned and percent complete-to-date. G. Make the total value of the line items equal to the current Contract Price. H. Prorate overhead and profit proportional to the value of each line item. I. In general, round activity values to the nearest hundred dollars. J. Incorporate all executed Change Orders into the Schedule of Values and allocate appropriately. K. Identify the value of stored materials as defined in the General Conditions in the Schedule of Values. Include a corresponding cost-loaded activity on the schedule. L. If required by the Resident Engineer, present documentation substantiating the cost allocations of those activities believed, in the opinion of the Resident Engineer, not to be representative of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COST CODING OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Use cost code structure that is consistent with the schedule of values. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

77 3.02 COST-LOADING OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Use the unit prices and/or lump sums listed on the Schedule of Values to cost-load each construction activity or summary activity in the construction schedule. B. The Contractor s updated cost-loaded construction schedule shall be used jointly by the Resident Engineer and the Contractor to assist in progressing the work based on earned value of units of work completed SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Correlate each item in the Schedule of Values to an activity, or summary activity in the Baseline Contract CPM Schedule or subsequent update B. Statusing of the Schedule of Values for progress payments shall be made based on actual work accomplished, as verified by Sound Transit and substantiated by progress reported in the current Monthly CPM Schedule Update, END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SCHEDULING OF WORK LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

78 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

79 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the general requirements and procedures for preparing and submitting construction information, shop drawings, product data, and samples for information and review. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work DEFINITIONS 1. Section , Internet Based Document Management System. 2. Section , Scheduling of Work. 3. Section , Operation and Maintenance Data A. Shop Drawings: For the purpose of this specification shop drawings and working drawings are understood to be interchangeable terms. Shop drawings are required for falsework, shoring, formwork, and for other temporary work and methods of construction the Contractor proposes to use SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Submittals: Within 21 Days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed, submit a completed submittal list. 1. Include for each planned submittal: a. Date on which each submittal will be submitted. b. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. Include description of the item and name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number. c. Contract Specifications reference, by section and paragraphs. d. Intended submission/resubmission date(s). e. Lead time to delivery/anticipated delivery date(s). 2. Highlight submittals that will require expedited review to meet the Contract schedule. 3. Highlight submittals that are on the critical path. 4. Present in a form that is readily reproducible. 5. Update and resubmit on a monthly basis. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

80 1.04 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor's Review 1. Stamped, and signed as reviewed and approved by the Contractor before submission. 2. If the submittal is designated to be sent to the Resident Engineer for information, obtain approval by the designated approval authority before submission to the Resident Engineer. 3. Coordinate each submittal with the requirements of the Work, placing particular emphasis upon ensuring that each submittal of one trade is compatible with other submittals of that trade and with the submittals of other trades. Submit complete with all relevant data required for review. 4. Be responsible for the correctness of the drawings, for shop fits and field connections, and for the results obtained by the use of such drawings. B. Submittal Quantities: Unless noted otherwise, provide submittals in accordance with Section , Internet Based Document Management System. Where permits and licenses and other such documents are obtained in Sound Transit s name, submit the original and conform to requirements of Section , Internet Based Document Management System. C. Review documents or other approval methods of the various designated approval authorities may not be the same as those of Sound Transit. Work with the various designated approval authorities and obtain approvals in the clearest and most straightforward manner possible. D. Attend meetings as requested by the Resident Engineer to address issues related to the review of submittals. E. Samples. Submit samples as required by these specifications and supply to the Resident Engineer for information and approval. F. Include at least 21 days in the Contractor s CPM schedule for Sound Transit and other parties to review submittals. G. Allow 21 days for review by Sound Transit of all re-submittals RESIDENT ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. The Resident Engineer will indicate his/her reviews of submittals and the action taken by means of his/her submittal review document. The submittal document will be posted electronically by the Resident Engineer, and the submittal review document will be recorded automatically by the software with the time and date of posting. B. The submittal review document will be filled out with the following statements and have the following meanings: 1. The mark NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN means that every illustration and description appears to conform to the respective requirements of the Contract Documents; that fabrication, assembly, manufacture, installation, application, and erection of the illustrated and described product may proceed; and that the submittal need not be resubmitted. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

81 2. The mark EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED - RESUBMISSION NOT REQUIRED means that every illustration and description appears to conform to the respective requirements of the Contract Documents upon incorporation of the reviewer's corrections, and that fabrication, assembly, manufacture, installation, application, and erection of the illustrated and described product may proceed. Submittals so marked need not be resubmitted unless the Contractor challenges the reviewer's exception. 3. The mark EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED - RESUBMISSION REQUIRED means that every illustration and description appears to conform to the respective requirements of the Contract Documents, and that fabrication, assembly, manufacture, installation, application, and erection of the illustrated and described product may proceed after incorporation of the reviewer's corrections and verification by the Resident Engineer that the reviewer's corrections have been properly incorporated in the submittal. Resubmission is also required if the Contractor challenges the reviewer's corrections. 4. The mark REJECTED means that the submittal is deficient to the degree that the reviewer cannot correct the submittal with a reasonable degree of effort, has not made a thorough review of the submittal, and that the submittal needs revision and is to be corrected and resubmitted. C. The Resident Engineer will post the disposition of the Contractor s submittal within 21 days after submittals have been received in accordance to Section , Internet Based Document Management System SHOP DRAWINGS A. General: 1. Shop drawings shall be approved by the Resident Engineer before work involving such drawings is performed. Submit shop drawings not less than 21 days before work involving such drawings is to be performed as indicated on the Contractor s CPM schedule. 2. To the following standard sizes (in inches), except as otherwise permitted by the Resident Engineer: WIDTH (Vertical) by LENGTH (Horizontal) Maximum 34.0 Maximum 3. Include a title block in the lower right hand corner that identifies the Contractor, Subcontractor, Contract by number and title, subject matter of the drawing, sheet number, and date of the original issue of the drawing, and the serial number and date of each revision. 4. Submittal Stamp and Action Block Space: Include a five inch square blank space, in the lower right corner, just above the title block, in which the Resident Engineer may indicate the action taken. B. Provide sufficient dimensions on drawings so that size, shape, and location may be determined without calculation. As a minimum, the following are required: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

82 1. Drawings are fully legible 2. Show each dimension clearly so that only one interpretation is possible. 3. Show dimensions between points, lines, or surfaces having a necessary and specific relationship to each other or which control the location of mating parts or components. 4. Select dimensions and arrange to avoid accumulation of tolerances that might ultimately permit more than one interpretation resulting in unsatisfactory mating of parts and failure in use. 5. Show each dimension for a feature once. 6. When possible, dimension each feature in the view where it appears in profile or the one depicting its true profile. 7. Follow applicable dimensioning and tolerance practices as specified in ANSI Y Update each shop drawing to reflect the latest configuration, which includes all Change Orders. 9. Include on the shop drawings details necessary for the installation, maintenance, and repair of all equipment provided. C. Sample Drawings: The first drawings submitted by Contractor, subcontractor, or vendor will be reviewed for conformance. Once approval is given, use this approved drawing format as the standard and prepare subsequent drawings to a quality equal to the approved standard PRODUCT DATA A. Modify manufacturers' standard schematic drawings to delete information that is not applicable to the Contract. Supplement standard information with additional information applicable to this Contract. B. Modify manufacturers' standard catalog cuts, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations, calculations, and other descriptive data to delete information that is not applicable to the Contract. Indicate dimensions, clearances, performance characteristics, capacities, wiring and piping diagrams, and controls. C. Modify manufacturer's printed installation, erection, application, and placing instructions to delete information, which is not applicable to the Contract. D. Include the following: 1. Contract title and number. 2. Reference Drawing numbers. 3. Applicable Specifications Section numbers. 4. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 5. Identification of deviations from the Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications. 6. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

83 a. Dimensional compatibility of the product with the space in which it is intended to be used. b. Review of submittals for compliance with the specified requirements. c. Compatibility of the product with other products with which it is to perform or with which it will be contiguous. E. Certificate of Compliance: 1.08 SAMPLES 1. As defined in Section , Quality Control, the Resident Engineer may permit the use of certain materials prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a certificate of compliance stating that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of these Specifications. a. Signed by the manufacturer of the material. b. Furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified is clearly identified in the certificate. 2. Materials used based on a certificate of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a certificate of compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications and any such material not conforming to requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. 3. The Resident Engineer reserves the right to refuse to permit the use of material based on a certificate of compliance without test data. A. Refer to Article 1.04E OTHER SUBMITTALS A. General. 1. Title Block: Provide the following information for data, reports, or other submittals which are not drawings: a. Date and revision dates; b. Contract title and number; c. The names of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers as applicable; d. Identification of product by either description, model number, style number, serial number, or lot number; and e. Subject identification by Contract Drawing or Contract Specification reference. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

84 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL PROCESS A. Unless otherwise directed, submit shop drawings, and product data in accordance with Section , Internet Based Document Management System. B. Transmittal Form: Accompany submittals with Sound Transit furnished transmittal forms provided by the Resident Engineer. C. Submittal includes the following document types: 1. Each shop drawing, or product data. 2. Manufacturers standard schematic drawings. 3. Manufacturers calculations, and a copy of manufacturer s standard data. 4. Manufacturers printed installation, erection, application, and placing instructions. 5. As specified in the various Specification Sections, unless otherwise specified. 6. A copy of inspection reports, test reports, and certificates of compliance. 7. Construction Work Plans D. Final Approved shop drawings or product data annotated to reflect installation details: 1. Upon completion of work. 2. Marked as-built. E. List of sources for materials CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Do not start work for which submittals are required until submittal review forms have been completed by the Resident Engineer, and said forms indicating review and approval have been received. B. The Contractor may proceed at its own risk with work on all submittal review forms with the following disposition: NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN, or EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED RESUBMISSION NOT REQUIRED REVIEW PERIOD: A. Prepare submittals sufficiently in advance so that submittal and resubmittal reviews can be completed before commencement of related work. B. Allow 21 days after receipt by the Resident Engineer for review of each submittal. C. Allow 21 days after receipt by the Resident Engineer for review of each resubmittal. D. Be responsible for determining whether or not certain governmental entities require longer review periods. Where longer review periods are required, schedule the Work accordingly, so that the Work and construction schedules are not adversely impacted. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

85 3.04 CHANGES A. Changes in Reviewed Submittals: Changes in reviewed submittals will not be permitted unless those approved submittals with changes have been resubmitted and reviewed, in the same manner as the original submittal. B. Changes in products for which shop drawings, product data, or samples have been submitted will not be permitted unless those changes have been accepted and approved, in writing, by the Resident Engineer. C. Supplemental Submittals: Initiated by the Contractor for consideration of corrective procedures contain sufficient data for review. Make supplemental submittals in the same manner as initial submittals. D. Incomplete submittal packages will be returned without review, and require resubmittal in accordance with requirements specified herein. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

86 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

87 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES A. This Section includes specifications for complying with applicable laws and regulations related to worker safety and health. It is not the intent of Sound Transit to develop or manage the safety and health programs of the Contractor, its Subcontractors, or suppliers, or in any way assume the responsibility for the safety and health of their employees. B. The LINK Light Rail Construction Safety Manual (CSM) is a Contract Document that specifies minimum requirements for the Contractor s Site Safety Plan. Adhere to the LINK CSM and applicable federal, state, and local safety and health standards REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents: 1. United States Code (USC) a. USC 651 et seq. Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act 2. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) a. 29 CFR 1910 OSHA General Health and Safety Standards b. 29 CFR 1926 OSHA Construction Safety and Health Standards c. 40 CFR 300 National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan d. 49 CFR 659 DOT Rail Fixed Guideway Systems (Traffic Safety) 3. Revised Code of Washington (RCW) a. RCW Hazardous Waste Disposal Act b. RCW D Hazardous Waste Clean-up Model Toxic Control Act c. RCW Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act 4. Washington Administrative Code (WAC) a. WAC Chapter Dangerous Waste Regulations b. WAC Chapter Model Toxics Control Act-Cleanup c. WAC Chapter Underground Storage Tank Regulations d. WAC Chapter SEPA Procedures e. WAC Chapter General Safety and Health Standards UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

88 f. WAC Chapter Recordkeeping and Reporting g. WAC Chapter Safety Standards Compressed Air Work h. WAC Chapter Safety Standards for Electrical Workers i. WAC Chapter A Safety Standards -- Installing Electric Wires and Equipment -- Administrative Rules j. WAC Chapter General Occupational Health Standards k. WAC Chapter Safety Standards for Construction Work 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Construction Site Safety Plan (CSSP) that meets the requirements of the LINK CSM, within 30 Days after receipt of Notice of Award of Contract and prior to start of any work. C. The Contractor's Site Safety Plan will be submitted for review, but not approval. Sound Transit will verify that the minimum requirements are met, in accordance with the LINK CSM and reference documents listed in Article Comments will indicate whether or not the CSSP contains the minimum necessary information per requirements SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Adhere to the applicable regulations for the entire duration of the Contract. B. Perform electrical work within this Contract in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70. C. Take responsibility for the health and safety of the Contractor s employees, Subcontractors, vendors, and other individuals on the Site of Work or who may be impacted by the Work ACCIDENTS A. Provide such equipment and facilities as are necessary or required, in the case of accident, in order to provide for first aid service to all whom may be injured in the progress of the work. Have a standing arrangement for the transportation and hospital treatment of any person who may be injured or may become ill. B. Report immediately to the Resident Engineer and Sound Transit s Area Safety Manager every accident to persons or damage to property; and furnish the required reports in writing within the times specified in the LINK CSM. An accident, injury, or illness is any occurrence that results in a bruise, breaking the skin, or loss of time of more than 15 minutes of work time; an impairment of vision or mobility; or that adversely affects job performance as a result of equipment, material, vapors, lighting liquid or solid materials. Include in the report full information, including testimony of witnesses regarding all accidents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

89 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PERMITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies permit and easement acquisition, requirements, and conditions. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections not referenced below may also be related to the proper performance of this work SUBMITTALS 1. Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge. A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Permits and easements obtained by the Contractor. 1. Prior to performing any work covered by the permit or easement. C. Approvals when work is complete for permits obtained by the Contractor. 1. Include a copy of the permit. D. Easement releases PERMITS A. Sound Transit has acquired, or will acquire prior to Notice to Proceed, the following permits: 1. NPDES Waste Discharge Permit, Link Light Rail Project, Washington Department of Ecology. 2. Industrial Waste Discharge Permit, King County. 3. Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (PS Clean Air). B. Terms and conditions of the permits obtained by Sound Transit prior to bid submittal that are applicable to the Contractor are included in the Contract Specifications and Contract Drawings. C. Copies of permits obtained by Sound Transit will be transmitted to the Contractor at the Preconstruction Meeting. D. Permits Obtained by Contractor 1. Be responsible for and obtain all other permits required to perform the work that are not listed in Articles 1.03 A. 2. Prepare and resubmit the NPDES Waste Discharge Permit, Link Light Rail Project, Washington Department of Ecology, to become co-permitee for this UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PERMITS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

90 1.04 POSTING PERMITS permit. Reference Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge, for additional information for this requirement. 3. Prepare and submit to the proper authority or owner all information required for the issuance of such permits or easements. Pay all costs thereof including agency inspections and easement costs unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contract. Sound Transit will pay all permit fees, costs of agency inspections, and easement costs for the permits and rights-of-entry listed in Article 1.03.A. 4. When required by the permit and during work progress covered by the permit, ensure the work be inspected by the issuing agency. A. Post permits, including those obtained by the Contractor, at the site of the work PERMIT REVIEW ACCEPTANCE FORM A. Read and understand conditions and provisions of all Orders, permits, and approvals relevant to this Contract. B. Submit Form provided by the Resident Engineer. Ensure the Contractor s Representative, and, if required, the Contractor s Erosion and Sediment Control Lead, sign each form. Use a separate Form for each individual Order, permit, and approval and submit at least 14 Days prior to start of Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PERMITS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

91 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a list of references for this Contract REFERENCES A. The following documents are made available for reference in Sound Transit s office: 1. Link CADD/Drafting Manual 2. Sound Transit Link Light Rail Transit Design Criteria Manual (DCM) 3. Sound Transit Standard Drawings 4. AREMA, Manual For Railway Engineering 5. Drainage Report 6. Utility Report 7. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 8. City of Seattle Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 9. City of Seattle Standard Plans 10. University Link Final Environmental Impact Statement 11. Hazardous and Contaminated Materials Reports 12. Sound Transit Safety Certification Program Plan Manual PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK REFERENCES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

92 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

93 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for performing and complying with the Quality Control (QC) requirements specified in the Contract Documents. Prepare, implement and maintain a quality program that defines how the Work is planned, monitored and controlled, and who is responsible to ensure Work meets Contract Document requirements CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A. Assign a Quality Control (QC) Manager dedicated to this Contract responsible for managing and acting on all quality matters and who has the authority to act on all quality matters as a representative of the Contractor. The Quality Control Manager can not be subordinate to Contractor s personnel that directly perform, supervise, or progress the Work, and; can not be responsible for directly performing, supervising, or progressing the Work or have any responsibilities for this Contract that conflict or appear to conflict with his primary responsibility for quality matters. B. Qualification of Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Manager: At least 5 years prior experience as a Project Engineer, CQC Manager, superintendent, or QC Supervisor on a project of comparable complexity to this Contract which includes at least three years experience as quality control manager, inspector, or engineer. The CQC Manager must be approved by the Resident Engineer before Work on this Contract can begin. At the sole discretion of Sound Transit, the Contractor may be required to replace the CQC Manager. Contract Work is not permitted to be performed without an approved CQC Manager on site. C. Inspector s Daily Reports (IDRs): Create and maintain Daily Quality Control Reports for each workday containing factual records with numerical data of the Work and quality control activities. Obtain the verification and signature of the CQC Manager on all IDRs. Provide verification statement on IDRs that states: All supplies and materials incorporated into the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except as noted. Sign and date each IDR. D. Employ the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform on-site testing, as well as, off-site testing to confirm the acceptable quality of materials, parts, and equipment required by the Contract Documents. Employ an Independent Testing Laboratory that is currently certified by a nationally and/or state recognized regulatory agency. Obtain the approval to use the Independent Testing Laboratory from Sound Transit before commencing any Work for which testing is required by Contract Documents. E. Special Inspections Coordination: Performed by the CQC Manager, including the following measures: 1. Preparation of schedule of the special inspections required. 2. Notification of the Resident Engineer of special inspection at least 48 hours in advance of performance of the special inspections. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

94 3. Coordination with the work to ensure the next step in the process does not obscure the ability to inspect until the required special inspections have been completed. 4. Notation of all special inspections in the Inspector Daily Report. 5. Monitoring of the correction of all discrepancies and notation in the Daily QC Report. F. Mobilize the number of experienced quality control inspectors necessary to perform the Quality Control requirements commensurate with the ratio of work crew size to inspectors and the type of work requiring specific types of inspectors. G. Achieve control of On-Site and Off-Site Construction through the development of Contractor Construction Work Plans (CWPs), approval of CWPs by the Resident Engineer, execution of the Work in accordance with CWPs and Contract requirements, and timely reporting of required inspections and tests SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Quality Program Plan, within 30 Days after Notice to Proceed C. Name and qualifications of Contractor s Quality Control Manager, within 15 Days after Notice to Proceed. D. List of Construction Work Plans, within 45 Days after Notice to Proceed. E. Construction Work Plans required by the Contract Specifications, a minimum of 20 Days prior to commencement of the applicable Work activity. F. Name and qualifications of the Contractor's Independent Testing Laboratory and all subcontracted Testing Laboratories, within 45 Days after Notice to Proceed. G. Inspection and Test Plan, within 45 Days after Notice to Proceed. H. Notification of any failed non-qualifying tests or rejected work within 16 hours of test or inspection. I. Inspection and Test Reports, within 3 work days after completion of the test. J. IDRs, within 5 work days. K. List of Subcontractors, within 45 Days after Notice to Proceed. Provide updates at least 30 days prior to each new Subcontractor beginning work on the Contract. L. Quality Assurance Audit Schedule, within 45 Days after Notice to Proceed. M. Document Control Procedure, within 15 Days after Notice to Proceed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 QUALITY PROGRAM A. Describe the plans, procedures, and organization necessary to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Identify all the Work processes and their UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

95 Quality Control inspection and testing requirements. Develop detailed Construction Work Plans (CWPs) and other procedures for processes and work activities determined by the Resident Engineer or the Contractor to be complex, involve multiple subcontractors and/or multiple activities, involve special processes, require interfacing with third parties, or require job hazard analysis to be developed. B. Include construction operations, both on-site and off-site including fabrication, manufacturing and suppliers. Include Sound Transit and third party imposed hold points in CWPs CONSTRUCTION WORK PLANS: A. Construction Work Plans: Detailed descriptions of a specific Work activity. B. The Resident Engineer, in consultation with the Contractor, will determine which Work activities require submission and approval of a CWP. Prepare and submit a list of CWPs to the Resident Engineer. The Resident Engineer and the Contractor may add CWPs to the list. Update the CWP list when new CWPs are added and resubmit within 5 working days to the Resident Engineer for approval. Prepare and submit a CWP for each of the Work activities identified on the CWP list. Do not begin Work without Sound Transit acceptance of a CWP and convening of a Readiness Review Meeting. Schedule all Readiness Review Meetings in the updated Monthly Schedule. As a minimum include the following in each CWP: 1. Scope of Work. 2. List of persons responsible for supervision of the Work. 3. List of required approved submittals (i.e. traffic control plans, special processes, etc.), drawings (with latest revisions), and the job hazard analysis. 4. Planned start-work and completion dates, progress rate expected, and work hours. 5. Sequence of events and construction methods for performing the Work. Include Sound Transit hold points and inspection requirements. 6. Handling and storage of materials and equipment. 7. Inspection and Test hold points required where the next process step or activity will cover up the work. 8. Inspections and tests required by Contractor, Third Parties and/or Sound Transit. 9. Individuals responsible for performing inspections and providing input to as-built drawings. 10. Prerequisite activities and related construction safety issues. 11. Off-site inspection and test activities and their locations. 12. Procedures for controlling hazardous materials, as applicable. 13. Best Management Practices for sediment and erosion control. 14. Actions defined as Special Events, which may expose the general public to danger or inconvenience, and which may require a third party to be notified. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

96 15. Safety-critical installations, inspections, and tests listed on the safety certification checklist (provided by Sound Transit). 16. Specific Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) for each CWP CWP READINESS REVIEW MEETING A. After the CWP has been returned by the Resident Engineer annotated with a No Exceptions Taken (NET) or Exceptions as Noted, Resubmittal Not Required, and before beginning associated Work activities, a Readiness Review Meeting will be conducted by the Resident Engineer with the Contractor, Subcontractors, and applicable third party representatives who are involved in executing, supervising, inspecting, testing and monitoring the Work activity to discuss all CWP elements identified in Article 3.02, herein. The Resident Engineer will document the meeting with an agenda and minutes of the meeting including an attendance record INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Independent Testing Laboratory 1. Obtain the approval to use Independent Testing Laboratory from Sound Transit before commencing any Work for which testing is required by Contract Documents. Obtain approval from Sound Transit before changing Independent Testing Laboratories. B. Inspection and Test Plan 1. Prepare an Inspection and Test Plan with a Matrix defining the types and frequency of inspections and tests and the entity responsible for performing each inspection and test (i.e.: laboratory, Contractor, subcontractor or Third Party). The Inspection and Test Matrix included at the end of this Section is provided to assist the Contractor with preparation of an Inspection and Test Plan. The Inspection and Test Matrix includes minimum testing requirements defined in the Contract Documents and does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility from performing inspections and tests not referenced in the matrix that are required in the Contract Documents or tests that are necessary to confirm the accuracy or completeness of work. Update the Inspection and Test Plan whenever test laboratory is added or deleted, or when an inspection or test is deleted or added by Change Order or a Change Notice-Work Directive. C. Control of Inspection, Testing, and Monitoring Equipment 1. Calibrate and certify all testing equipment and monitoring devices. Calibration and certification requirements include the following and apply to the Contractor and all subcontractors, suppliers and Independent Testing Laboratories: a. Be able to trace calibration to known national standards. b. List inspection, test, and monitoring equipment with the name and serial number, date of current calibration, due date of next calibration, and name of person or agency conducting the certification or calibration with a brief description of use. c. Store all testing equipment and monitoring devices in a safe and secure location, maintained throughout the Contract and used only for testing or monitoring Work for which they are designed. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

97 d. Re-calibrate, re-test, and re-inspect materials, parts and equipment if the inspection or testing equipment is suspected of being out of calibration, broken, dismantled, or damaged. e. Make all testing and inspection equipment calibration records available and display calibration sticker showing the last date of calibration and the due date of the next calibration. D. Inspection and Test Reports 1. Inspection and test reports are considered Contract Record documents. Require parties performing testing and inspections to verbally transmit information regarding failed inspections and tests on the same day as discovery to the Contractor. Upon receipt of the failed inspections or test information, notify the Resident Engineer by within 1 work day of the failed inspection or test results. Submit all inspections and test reports to the Resident Engineer within 3 work days after receipt of the report from the testing laboratory or within 3 work days after testing or inspection performed by the Contractor or a Third Party. 2. Include the following minimum requirements in Inspection and test records: a. Sound Transit Contract number b. Reference to Contract Specification Section requirement or test procedure c. Identification of items tested d. Location where sample was taken (i.e. stationing, intersection corner, etc.) e. Quantity of items inspected or tested f. Date inspection or test was conducted g. Name of technician h. Acceptance criteria i. Pass or Fail disposition j. Results k. Authorized signature E. Contractor-performed and subcontractor-performed inspections and tests are subject to verification and approval by the Resident Engineer. F. Inspection and testing conducted by agencies other than the Contractor's approved testing laboratory does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents INSPECTION A. The Contractor is responsible for performing all inspections, unless otherwise stated in the Specifications. The CQC Manager is responsible for verifying that quality standards are maintained throughout the Contract through in-process inspections, substantial completion inspections and final inspections. Adjustments to control procedures and UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

98 CWPs may be required based upon results of inspections and tests. inspection and test results of the in-process inspections in the IDRs. Document B. Provide 48-hour notice to the Resident Engineer where Sound Transit inspection or test is required. C. Arrange and coordinate inspections and tests requiring Washington State Labor and Industry and/or other jurisdictional approval (i.e. electrical work) are to be provided. Provide advanced notification of third party inspections to Sound Transit. Do not proceed with the Work until a hold point has been released by the Resident Engineer. D. Coordinate special inspections performed by local jurisdictions with third party local jurisdictions, as required by the International Building Code or other applicable codes or standards. Cooperate fully with these special inspectors and provide them with any assistance necessary to complete their inspections. Provide payments for special inspections. E. Report inspection and test compliance or non-compliance with the contract requirements specified or indicated in the Contract Documents CONTROL OF PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT A. Control products, materials, and equipment in accordance with Section , Product Storage and Handling. B. Inspect all products, materials and equipment received for identification, damage and quantity. Large lots may be inspected by an industry approved standard sampling method (i.e.: ANSI/American Society for Quality ASQ Z1.9 Sample Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Variables for Percent Nonconforming) C. All products, materials, and equipment are subject to receipt inspection by Sound Transit CONTROL OF SPECIAL PROCESSES A. Perform special processes (i.e.: welding, brazing, soldering, etc) only with personnel certified in accordance with the requirements of the specific processes. Maintain qualification records of personnel performing special processes in the worksite files, submit to the Resident Engineer, and reference in the applicable CWPs. B. Obtain Sound Transit approval of qualifications of personnel performing special processes prior to starting work CONTROL OF NON-CONFORMING ITEMS A. Document and submit to the Resident Engineer nonconforming items on a Non- Conformance Report (NCR) within 1 work day of discovery. Failure to do so will result in the Sound Transit Resident Engineer documenting and issuing a Non-Conformance Report to the Contractor. B. Document the root cause of the nonconformance and the corrective action taken in the NCR. C. Sequentially number and log all Non-Conformance Reports. D. Upon receipt of a Non-Conformance Report, the Contractor is responsible for: investigating and describing the root cause of the nonconformance, providing remedial correction for the nonconforming item(s), except for USE AS IS dispositions, providing preventive actions to prevent recurrence, and recommending a disposition within 21 days UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

99 of the issuance date of the NCR. Failure to provide this information within 21 days will result in a reduction of the amount approved for payment for the affect Work on the next payment. Complete all rework within 30 days from the date that the non-conforming condition was documented. Complete all repairs within 30 days of the written approval of the repair procedure by the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. The applicable disposition codes for NCRs are: 1. USE AS IS: allows the use of an item that does not meet specified Contract requirements without the need for corrective action, but may require some form of compensation to Sound Transit. 2. REPAIR: item may be repaired if it cannot be reworked to its full compliance with the Contract requirements, but it can be made suitable for use. 3. REWORK: item may be reworked to bring it into conformance with the requirements of the Contract. 4. REJECT: item is unsuitable for its intended use, is economically or physically incapable of being reworked or repaired, and must be replaced to bring it into conformance with the Contract Requirements. E. Nonconforming items dispositioned as USE AS IS or REPAIR require review and approval of the Resident Engineer and the Sound Transit Material Review Board. Transmit corrective and preventative action responses for Non-Conformance Reports (NCRs) to the Resident Engineer by the due date stated on the NCR. F. Nonconforming items requiring REWORK must be tagged or otherwise identified and no follow-on work that integrates with that item can be performed until rework is completed and accepted. G. Red-tag and remove all nonconforming items, identified as REJECT, from the Site within 72 hours of discovery UTILITY STRIKES A. Document all utility strikes in a correspondence to the Resident Engineer in a Utility Strike Log within 30 days after strike. B. Include: 1. Location 2. Date and time of occurrence 3. Utility Type 4. Size of Utility 5. Name of Utility 6. Circumstances leading to the strike 7. Date and time of repair C. Document to the Resident Engineer each utility strike on a nonconformance report within 1 work day of the occurrence. D. Record all utility strikes on the as-built drawings within 3 days after strike. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

100 3.10 DOCUMENT CONTROL A. Prepare and maintain a Document Control Procedure for detailing the control of receipt, status, maintenance, and transmittal of Contract records and documents. B. Establish a document control system to store and record the large quantity of correspondence, drawings, progress reports, technical reports, as-built records, specifications, Contract Documents, Submittals, calculations, and administrative documents generated under the Contract. Establish correspondence routing, filing, control, and retrieval methods that are compatible with the system currently in use by Sound Transit. C. Provide technical document control, storage, and retrieval methods for both hard copies and electronic records. Provide technical document control methods capable of handling documents being developed (progress), finalized documents (for construction), and documents representing as-built conditions. D. Serialize and maintain all correspondence of the Contractor to and from Sound Transit and its representatives (including the Resident Engineer) and separate incoming and outgoing correspondence logs. At a minimum, use a serialization similar to the following: Serial No: [ ] Prefix - Letter No. [ ] Example Prefixes: CRE: Contractor to Resident Engineer REC: Resident Engineer to Contractor E. Within 5 work days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor and the Resident Engineer each designate, in writing, their respective authorized representatives to receive copies of all or specified correspondence. Include in all correspondence the Project Name, Contract Name, and Contract Number, along with the specific subject of the letter. For all replies, refer specifically to prior correspondence to which they relate. F. Do not change or alter Contract records or documents without Resident Engineer s written approval. G. Provide current revisions of procedures, instructions, drawings, and other documents at Work locations. H. Identify and maintain records and documents in an organized manner. Make records available and provide copies to Sound Transit upon request. I. Protect records and documents from damage, deterioration, and loss. Keep records in fireproof cabinets at the Contractor's work-site or maintain a duplicate set at another location. The off-site duplicate set may be an electronic image format (i.e. pdf) RECORDS A. Records are defined as documentation required by the Contract. Record documents include, but are not limited to, correspondence, submittals, test reports, Contract and shop drawings, schedules, certificates of compliance, pay requests, change documents, requests for information (and their responses), schedules and as-built documents. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

101 B. Maintain and retain all records in accordance with the Contractor's Document Control Procedure. C. Make available and provide copies of all record documentation to Sound Transit for audits, assessments and surveillances performed by Sound Transit, State of Washington or Federal Agencies upon request AUDITS A. Schedule, perform and document the results of QA audits, assessments and surveillances or the Work and the Project Records. B. Facilitate audits, assessments and surveillances performed by Sound Transit, the State of Washington and Federal Agencies by providing access to its facilities, personnel, and records. C. Respond to audit, assessment and surveillance report findings with corrective actions that have and are to be taken to correct non-conforming conditions and preventative actions that have and are to be taken to prevent a recurrence of the non-conforming conditions. Document corrective and preventive actions to the Resident Engineer within 21 days of the issuance date of the audit, assessment or surveillance report. Document the dates of implementation of the corrective and preventive actions in the response. Failure to provide this information within 21 days will result in a reduction of the amount approved for payment for the affect Work on the next payment TEST MATRIX (WILL BE CREATED PRIOR TO 100% SUBMITTAL) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK QUALITY CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

102 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

103 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general requirements for furnishing, installing, and operating temporary facilities and controls. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Determine the need for such temporary utility service as may be required to prosecute the Work and make arrangements with utility companies for such services. Remove all materials and equipment involved with temporary utility services as part of final cleanup, except as otherwise indicated. B. Provide and maintain during the course and progress of the Work all electrical power and wiring requirements to facilitate the work of all trades and services associated with the Work. Provide electrical power at own expense TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide the necessary toilet conveniences and washing facilities, secluded from public observation. Keep facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. B. The use of sanitary facilities in adjacent commercial buildings, tenant areas, or other private facilities will not be permitted. C. Service temporary toilet facilities regularly, and secure them to prevent overturning by vandals TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Furnish, install, maintain, and remove temporary first aid facilities and services at each site of the Work throughout the construction period. B. First aid personnel shall be trained in the rendering of first aid: 1. Each shall have a valid certificate issued by the American Red Cross. 2. The number of first aid-trained personnel shall comply with the applicable safety regulations. 3. Affix first aid emblem to rear of hard hats worn by first aid personnel. 4. First aid personnel training shall conform to the requirements of OSHA and WISHA. C. First aid supplies: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

104 1. Approved by a physician licensed to practice in the State of Washington 2. Conform to the requirements of OSHA and WISHA 3. Accessible for immediate use. D. Furnish at least one 16-unit first aid kit (or equivalent) for every 25 persons, or fraction thereof, present on worksite. Store first aid supplies such that they can be moved to the location of an injured or acutely ill worker. Provide stretchers, and maintain, protect, and make stretchers readily accessible at all times. E. Clearly identify a first aid station as such. Provide an enclosed space protected from the weather, cooled in hot weather, warmed in cold weather, and lighted. Provide the station with facilities to render medical services appropriate to the occupational working conditions and response time of the local emergency medical service. Position station adjacent to either access road or public street PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Construction Signs: Provide construction signs of three types: USDOT (F.T.A.) Construction Sign, General Construction Sign, and Sound Transit s Resident Engineer s Office Sign. 1. Design: 1.06 SITE LIGHTING a. Construct F.T.A. Project and General Construction Signs from a sheet of plywood 4 feet by 8 feet in size, mounted on two posts set in the ground. 2. Materials: Provide signs as 3/4 inch-thick, 5-ply, exterior, A-B-grade, Douglas-fir plywood, APA-grade-stamped. Provide a frame as nominal 2-by-2 stock, either construction-grade Douglas fir or A-grade redwood, and posts as 4-by-6 construction-grade Douglas fir, pressure-preservative-treated, and eight feet long. 3. Construction: Set the plywood signs into the frame, and miter and screw the frame corners together. Screw the sign to two, 2-by-6 Douglas-fir cleats that are in turn bolted to the posts with at least two 1/4-inch bolts per post. 4. Installation: Set the sign posts in the ground 3 feet 6 inches, with the top of the sign horizontal and even with the top of the posts, 4 feet 6 inches above the ground. 5. Painting: Apply one coat of primer sealer and two base coats of exterior semi-gloss enamel with the wording dimensions and colors for each sign as shown on the Contract Drawings. 6. Maintenance: Keep signs clean and in good repair. Upon completion of the work, either leave the signs in place, or remove and dispose of as directed. 7. Other Signs: Additional identical signs desired and paid for by the Contractor may be placed at intermediate points as approved by Sound Transit. Place no other signs on the right-of-way or within the work limit line, unless approved by Sound Transit. A. Provide lighting of sites as required to complete the work. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

105 1.07 VENTILATION A. Provide temporary ventilation, ventilation bulkheads and equipment as required to complete the work. 1. Coordinate the temporary ventilation arrangements with the U240 and U250 Contractors and operations at the Pine Street Stub Tunnel. 2. Provide adequate ventilation for the work carried out in the tunnels, stations and crossover structure WORK AND STORAGE AREAS: A. Stage within the Site identified in the Contract Documents. B. Sound Transit does not warrant that the staging areas will be adequate for the operations. In the event that additional staging / storage areas are needed for construction operations, be responsible for obtaining these facilities. No additional monies will be paid as a result of the staging areas shown on the Contract Drawings being inadequate or inefficient for the work operations. Nor will Sound Transit pay additional monies for the acquisition of additional facilities ENCLOSED STORAGE AND SHOPS A. Provide all temporary storage and shop rooms that may be required at the jobsite for safe and proper storage of tools, materials, and equipment. B. Remove such facilities within three days of receipt of notices from the Resident Engineer that removal is necessary, and incur all expenses for removal. C. Storage of gasoline or similar fuels shall conform to NFPA regulations and local fire department regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

106 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

107 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for haul routes, Site access, and parking for the construction Sites. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work SUBMITTALS 1. Section , Traffic Control. A. Submittal Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Access and Haul Plans, Locations, and Certifications: See Article 1.03, herein, for Access and Haul Plan details C. Haul Summary Reports: See Article 1.04, herein, for Haul Summary Reports details D. Parking and Staging Area Plan: See Article 1.05, herein, for Parking and Staging Area Plan details 1.03 ACCESS AND HAUL PLANS A. General: 1. Detailed working plans, drawings and narratives describing specifics of items including all necessary street use permits, on-site routes and circulation and access locations required to transport materials to and from the Site. Haul routes and site access will be based on contract documents. 2. Trucks are defined as vehicles with three or more axles. B. Haul routes: 1. General: a. Provide as necessary for the Work. b. Restricted to haul routes indicated on the Contract Drawings. Provide alternate haul routes to be approved by the Resident Engineer and the City of Seattle. c. Trucks entering and leaving the Site may require the use of flaggers, uniformed police officers or other temporary traffic control devices due to traffic and pedestrian congestion. The use of these items will be approved by the Resident Engineer. Refer to Section , Traffic Control. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

108 C. Haul locations: d. Provide locations where on-street parking should be removed to allow adequate truck access and turning movements. Permits will be obtained from the City of Seattle by the Contractor. 1. Provide a legal, off-site debris disposal site for all material that leaves the Site. Include all haul locations for all types and classification of material. Additional requirements for each specific type of material are covered elsewhere. 2. Update Access and Haul Plan if haul locations are added or location of material haul is changed. 3. Certify that the haul location is legally permitted for the type and content of the material to be disposed. Provide new certifications if the haul location is changed or if the type or content of the materials being disposed varies from that previously approved. D. Site access hours: The following hours have been established for material haulage to the sites and removal of spoil from the sites: 1. Monday through Friday: 7 am to 10 pm 2. Saturday: 8 am to 8 pm 3. Sunday: 8 am to 8 pm 4. Prohibit truck operations during Special Events occurring along Broadway and E. John Street such as parades, marches and block parties. Coordinate with the City of Seattle for schedules of these Special Events HAUL SUMMARY REPORTS A. Submit weekly for the previous week the following daily information for each Site. Include in detail and summary format: 1. Material type. 2. Material weight. 3. Identity of each truck. 4. Total number of trucks per day entering the Site. 5. Origin of material for material brought on Site. 6. Location of material disposal removed from the Site. 7. Format as approved by the Resident Engineer PARKING AND STAGING AREA PLAN A. Submit detailed working plan with drawings and narrative describing parking and staging areas. B. All Contractor Employee parking is prohibited on city/neighborhood streets. Provide all parking in accordance with the ordinances and regulations of the jurisdiction. C. Unless otherwise indicated, be responsible for obtaining and maintaining parking and staging areas. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

109 D. Failure by any employee on this Contract to observe these rules may be grounds for discipline, including discharge of the employee in violation. E. Identify sign location and text to be posted at each work site and at the Site access locations so employees are knowledgeable where parking is allowed. F. When parking or staging is provided on private property, submit lease, easements, or other agreements from the property owner prior to accessing the property. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated, Sound Transit will not be responsible to furnish any materials, facilities, utilities, or services, or coordinate in any way, requirements of this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Approved routes and parking: Used by all subcontractors, Suppliers, and individuals associated with Contract activities. B. Provide required signage and Contractor oversight for approved route requirements to comply with traffic routing requirements. If Contractor fails to abide by the accepted haul routes, Resident Engineer will assign City off-duty police officers for enforcement of haul route restrictions at the expense of the Contractor. C. Inspect haul routes daily to assure compliance with Section , Temporary Environmental Controls. D. For all trucking operations, avoid conflicts with motorized and non-motorized traffic movements REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Share haul routes with business and residential traffic and maintain in good condition. B. Maintain haul routes smooth, level, clean and free of debris and suitable for the public to drive passenger cars on without damage to vehicles and pedestrians and cyclists to travel safely at all haul route crossings. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

110 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

111 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for the general requirements for furnishing, installing, and operating temporary traffic control REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents SUBMITTALS 1. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) a. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 2. U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) a. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Part IV, 1988 Edition, Revision 3, Millennium Edition, December Local Standards: Ensure the work described in this Section conforms to the applicable requirements of the jurisdictional agency s specifications in which the work is located. Obtain all such standards and ensure compliance with such standards as applicable. A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Traffic Control Plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES A. Provide or construct all traffic control devices, including temporary concrete barriers and temporary construction fencing, in conformance with applicable COS and WSDOT specifications and requirements. Include descriptions of traffic control devices in the Traffic Control Plan for the Resident Engineer s review and approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless specified otherwise, ensure the work described in this Section conforms to the applicable provisions of City of Seattle, Traffic Control Manual For In-Street Work, WSDOT Specifications Sections 1-10 and and the MUTCD. B. For temporary traffic control on streets, roadways and pedestrian facilities that are to be owned or maintained by jurisdictions other than Sound Transit, ensure the work described in this Section conforms to the applicable requirements of the jurisdictional agency s specifications. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRAFFIC CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

112 1. Minimize roadway lane and sidewalk closures along Broadway Avenue and E. John Street. The Seattle Department of Transportation will approve of all lane and sidewalk closures along these roadways. 2. Do not close sidewalks on opposite sides of the roadway at the same time. 3. Coordinate work activities with King County Metro in relation to bus stops along Broadway Avenue and E. John Street. C. Obtain prior approval from the appropriate jurisdictions for closing or partial closing of any street or sidewalks. Give at least 10 days advance notice of any full street closure to all agencies providing emergency services, including without limitation, police, fire, and ambulance services, and at least two working days advance notice of any partial closure to the same agencies. Include, but do not limit notification to the dates and times of commencement and completion or work, names of streets or location of sidewalks and alleys to be closed or partially closed, and schedule of operations and routes of detours where applicable. D. Work with the City of Seattle, City of Seattle Police Department (SPD) and King County Metro (KCM) to provide required traffic, transit and pedestrian circulation and management at the Site. Contact information for each are: 1. ST 2. SDOT 3. SPD 4. KCM E. When the Work involves use of public ways, provide necessary flaggers and traffic control devices, all as required by the local authorities, and install and maintain means of reasonable access to all fire hydrants, service stations, warehouses, stores, houses, garages, and other property TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT A. Patrol the traffic control area daily and reset all disturbed signs and traffic control devices. Remove or cover signs and other traffic control devices during periods when they are not necessary. B. Before beginning work on the project, designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of Traffic Control Manager (TCM) and Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). Requirements for the Traffic Control Manager are as specified in WSDOT Specifications Sections (1)A. Requirements for the Traffic Control Supervisor are as specified in WSDOT Specifications Sections (1)B. These individuals will be in continuous responsible charge of traffic control. A TCM and TCS are required on all projects that require traffic control. The TCM can also perform the duties of the TCS. Identify an alternate TCM and TCS that can assume the duties of the assigned or primary TCM and TCS in case of that person s inability to perform. Ensure such alternates are adequately trained and certified to the same degree as the primary TCM and TCS. C. Maintain a 24-hour telephone numbers at which the TCM and TCS can be contacted and be available at the Resident Engineer s request at other than normal working hours. Ensure the TCM and TCS have the appropriate personnel, equipment and materials available at all times to correct any deficiency in the traffic control system. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRAFFIC CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

113 3.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS A. Provide traffic control plans in accordance with the jurisdictional agency s specifications. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRAFFIC CONTROL LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

114 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

115 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies eliminating or minimizing air and water pollution generated by construction activities. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections not referenced below may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Health, Safety, and Emergency Response Procedures. 2. Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge. 3. Section , Cleaning and Waste Management. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of a listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail DEFINITIONS 1. Revised Code of Washington (RCW) a. Chapter Hazardous Waste Management b. Chapter D Hazardous waste cleanup model toxic control act c. Chapter Water Pollution Control 2. Washington Administrative Code (WAC): a. WAC Chapter Submission of Plans and Reports for Construction of Wastewater Facilities b. WAC Chapter Dangerous Waste Regulations c. WAC Chapter Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling 3. Other Agency Requirements a. National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit (NPDES Permit). b. (COS) City of Seattle Critical Area Ordinance A. PM10 Particulate matter 10 microns in diameter or less. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

116 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Section , Submittal procedures. B. Contractor-Generated Hazardous and Contaminated Waste Management Plan: See Article 1.06, herein, for Contractor-Generated Hazardous and Contaminated Waste Management Plan details C. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: As required under the Clean Water Act and related federal and state laws and regulations, within 21 Days of effective date of NTP. Coordinate plan with requirements of Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge. D. Air Pollution Control Plan: Within 21 Days of effective date of NTP. E. Qualifications for Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor or other qualified employee(s) approved by the Resident Engineer, to implement, manage, and enforce compliance with the requirements of this Specification. F. Spill Control Plan: refer to Article 3.01 F 2 of this Specification. G. Citations issued in conjunction with this project. H. Environmental Compliance Manual per requirements of this Section QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designate a Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor and other qualified employee(s) approved by the Resident Engineer, to implement, manage, and enforce compliance with the following: 1. Hazardous and Contaminated Waste Management Plan 2. Site Water Discharge: Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge 3. Air Pollution Control Plan 4. Contractor Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 5. Spill Control Plan 6. Noise Control Plan and Noise Monitoring B. Qualifications: 1. Contractor s Appointed Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor: a. Complete University of Washington s Storm and Surface Water Monitoring course. b. Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead as defined by Washington State Department of Ecology. c. Minimum five years of experience responsible for construction site erosion and sediment control. d. More than one person may be submitted to provide services required of the supervisor; however, only one person will be responsible for all activities. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

117 1.06 CONTRACTOR-GENERATED HAZARDOUS AND CONTAMINATED WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. Submit within 21 Days after effective date of Notice to Proceed (NTP) with required documents. B. Plan to properly handle Contractor-generated Hazardous or Contaminated Wastes in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Include: 1. Indemnifications: Indemnify, defend and hold Sound Transit harmless against all costs (including attorney's fees and costs), demands, claims, damages, losses, or delay costs ("Claims") arising from or associated with the management, abatement, removal, remediation, clean-up, transport, reuse, recycling, storage and disposal of any Contractor-Generated Hazardous or Contaminated Waste. 2. Identify responsibility for the management, abatement, removal, remediation, clean up, transport, reuse, recycling, storage and disposal of Contractor- Generated Dangerous Waste in accordance with laws, rules, regulations and orders, including without limitation, WAC and regulations of the waste disposal facility to be used ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MANUALS A. Include the following information in the manual: 1. Surface water discharge treatment system operation and maintenance manual. 2. Sanitary sewer discharge treatment system operation and maintenance manual. 3. Permits that should be included, but not limited to are: a. Grading b. Noise variance c. NPDES permits. d. Sewer Discharge Permit 4. TESC Submittals with an Acceptable Disposition PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS 1. Criteria for Fugitive Dust: a. Do not cause or allow emissions of fugitive dust from transport, handling, construction, or storage activities to remain visible in atmosphere beyond property line of the emission source. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

118 b. Take precautions to minimize fugitive dust emissions from operations involving demolition, excavation, grading, clearing of land, and disposal of solid waste. c. Do not cause or allow particulate matter to exceed 50 milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m 3 ) when determined as difference between upwind and downwind samples collected on high volume particulate matter samplers at the property line for a five-hour period during the time of active operations. d. Take precautions to prevent visible particulate matter from being deposited upon public roadways, sidewalks, or adjacent buildings facades as a direct result of operations. Precautions include removal of particulate matter from equipment before movement to paved streets or prompt removal of material from paved streets onto which such material has been deposited. 2. Use the following procedures and techniques: a. Cover loads of materials, debris, and soil transported from construction sites. Trim or remove loose material from loads before leaving worksite. Cover loads of hot asphalt to minimize odors. b. Wet materials in trucks or provide adequate freeboard to cover all truck transporting materials, as practical, to reduce PM10 and deposition of particulates during transportation. c. As needed, sweep adjacent streets and sidewalks that have heavy volumes of construction vehicles carrying debris and excavated materials. The Resident Engineer may require additional watering down and sweeping if in his/her opinion excessive debris and excavated materials are present on the adjacent streets and sidewalks. d. Establish regular cycles and locations for cleaning trucks that haul soil from site. e. Water down construction sites to reduce emissions of PM10 and deposition of particulate matter as required to suppress dust during handling of excavation soil or debris or during demolition of brick or concrete buildings by mechanical or explosive methods. Do not sluice particulate matter into storm drains. f. Promptly clean up spills of transported material on public streets and roads. g. Prevent runoff of all water used for dust control from entering storm drains or waters of Washington State. h. Use construction equipment designed and equipped to prevent or control air pollution in conformance with most restrictive regulations of federal, state, and local authorities. Maintain evidence of such design and equipment and make available for inspection by the Resident Engineer. i. Establish and maintain records of routine maintenance program for internal combustion engine powered vehicles and equipment used for the UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

119 Contract. Engineer. Keep records available for inspection by the Resident j. Do not allow internal combustion engines to idle for more than five minutes. k. Use electrically-powered equipment where needed to meet requirements. l. Make equipment for fugitive dust control available at all times. B. WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS 1. Control use of all chemicals, lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids, greases and other such products, and prevent migration from the Work Site. Promptly clean up and properly dispose of materials contaminated by spillage or leakage of products. Comply with storage and containment requirements of these materials in accordance with Washington Stormwater Permit Regulations. 2. Store all containers of hazardous substances, including petroleum products, in covered secondary containment. 3. Refer to Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge. C. POLLUTION ABATEMENT 1. Conduct operations in a manner to minimize pollution of the environment surrounding the area of work by every means practicable. Apply specific controls as indicated and as follows: a. Soil Erosion and Control: Do not allow waste or eroded materials to enter natural or man-made water or sewage removal systems. 2. Maintaining Flow of Sewers and Drains: D. DUST CONTROL a. Provide for and maintain, at Contractor s expense, the flow of all sewers, drains, building or inlet connections, and all watercourses that may be encountered during progress of the Work. b. Do not allow the contents of sewer, drain, or inlet connection to flow into trenches. c. Maintenance of sewers and drains may require, at the Contractor s expense, the use temporary pump stations with backup generators. 1. Provide dust control at all times, including holidays and weekends, as required to abate dust nuisance on and about the site, that is a result of construction activities. 2. Provide dust control to existing properties from dust that is a result of construction activities. 3. Provide dust control for the Burke Gilman Trail from dust that is a result of construction activities. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

120 4. Provide sufficient quantities and equipment for dust control to effectively prevent dust nuisance on and about the jobsite; and when weather conditions warrant, have sprinkler equipment on hand at all times for immediate use for dust control. 5. Report all complaints from the public to the Resident Engineer. 6. If portions of the site are temporarily inactive or abandoned for whatever reason, provide dust control and abatement continuously during such periods of inactivity. 7. Prevent runoff of all water used for dust control from entering storm drains. E. MUD CONTROL 1. Take proper measures to prevent tracking of mud onto public streets, drives, and sidewalks. Such measures include, but are not limited to, covering muddy areas on the site with clean, dry sand, gravel, and trap rock. 2. Maintain all egress from the site and immediately remove mud tracked onto streets, sidewalks, or drives, and clean the affected area. 3. Where trucks leave a muddy site and enter paved public streets, maintain a suitable truck wheel-washing facility. Clean all trucks, or other vehicles leaving the site, of mud and dirt, including mud and dirt clinging to exterior body surfaces of vehicles. 4. Load all trucks coming to the jobsite or leaving the jobsite with materials or loose debris in a manner that prevents dropping of materials or debris on streets. Remove spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across public traveled ways immediately. F. Contractor-Generate Hazardous or Contaminated Waste Controls 1. In the event that the Contractor or Sound Transit reasonably suspects that the Contractor has generated, released, or discharged Contractor-Generated Hazardous or Contaminated Waste, the Contractor shall bear costs of sampling, monitoring tests, and other investigations to determine whether said waste is Solid Waste or Hazardous or Contaminated Waste. Perform the investigations in accordance with federal, state, and local requirements. Sound Transit, reserves the right (but not the obligation) to perform its own physical and chemical analyses and tests on suspected Contractor-Generated Hazardous or Contaminated Waste. Contractor shall furnish samples, at their own cost, as directed by the Resident Engineer. 2. Spill Control Plan a. Spill Prevention Plan 1) Adopt a Spill Control Plan and identify persons responsible for implementing the plan if a spill of a dangerous or hazardous waste should occur, 2) Identify on a drawing for each Site: Staging, storage, maintenance and refueling locations and their relationship to drainage pathways, waterways, and other sensitive areas. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

121 3) Identify spill prevention and containment methods to be used at each Site. 4) Identify site security measures, inspection procedures and personnel training procedures as they relate to spill prevention containment, response, management, and cleanup. 5) Address: Equipment maintenance, refueling, and cleaning activities and on site storage areas for hazardous materials. 6) Inspection of: Fuel hoses, lubrication equipment, hydraulicallyoperated equipment, oil drums, and other equipment and facilities regularly for drips, leaks, or signs of damage, and maintain and store properly to prevent spills. Note: Maintain proper security to discourage vandalism. 7) Consider use of less toxic vegetable based biodiesel and hydraulic oils as alternatives to petroleum based fuels and oils. 8) Chemical storage: a) Solid chemicals, chemical solutions, paints, petroleum products, solvents, acids, caustic solutions, and waste materials including used batteries shall be stored to prevent the inadvertent entry of these materials into all waters, including ground water. Storage shall be in a manner that prevents spills due to overfilling, tipping, or rupture. b) Store all liquid products on durable impervious surfaces and within bermed containment capable of containing 110 percent of the largest single container in the storage area. c) Identify and implement reasonable steps to prevent releases of liquid products from malicious tampering or vandalism. d) Store liquid products under cover, such as tarpaulins or roofed structures. e) Clearly designate all waste storage areas, whether for waste oil or hazardous waste, as such and keep segregated from new product storage. f) Non-compatible chemicals shall be segregated and securely stored in separate containment areas that prevent mixing of incompatible or reactive materials. g) All empty barrels that have not been cleaned shall be adequately stopped and stored in an upright position. 9) All pollutants that occur on-site during construction shall be handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of storm water or ground water. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

122 b. Spill Response Plan 1) Report all spills that occur regardless of the size or type of the spill to the appropriate agencies as per Section , Excavation and Handling of Contaminated Materials. 2) If the spills of a hazardous substance could reach surface waters the following agencies must be notified (There are fines for failing to notify) National response centre or and notify the regional Department of Ecology Office. 3) Some important components of a spill control plan are to stop the spill at source and install protective covers over storm drain grates. Cover the spills with materials as referred in the Section , Excavation and Handling of Contaminated Materials. If spill is flammable, call 911 and dispose of as directed by the local Fire Marshal. 4) Remove the contaminated soil per Section , Excavation and Handling of Contaminated Materials. 3. In the event of release of Hazardous or Contaminated waste, immediately notify Sound Transit and take all appropriate measures, consistent with protecting the health and safety of site personnel, Sound Transit personnel, and the public, to stop the spread of any Hazardous and/or Contaminated Wastes. 4. Confirm that waste released is Hazardous or Contaminated. Refer to Section , Unknown Hazardous and Contaminated Substances, Section , Hazardous and Contaminated Air Monitoring, and Section , Excavation and Handling of Contaminated Materials. 5. Promptly clean-up and dispose of materials containing Hazardous or Contaminated Wastes resulting from the release to the satisfaction of Sound Transit and in accordance with the governing regulatory agencies and all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and permits. Report all reportable releases to federal, state, and local regulatory and emergency response agencies. Bear the cost of clean up and disposal of Hazardous or Contaminated Wastes that are accidentally released during performance of the Work. G. Suspect Materials 1. If suspect materials are encountered, control and contain the material until appropriate measures can be taken. 2. Stockpile material at location determined by the Resident Engineer and treat as if it is contaminated material until determined otherwise. 3. Contaminated material is defined in Section , Hazardous and Contaminated Substance Health and Safety Program. H. Waste Recycling Establish an on-site waste recycling program to segregate and recover wastes with economic value. For the requirements of waste recycling refer to Section , Cleaning and Waste Management. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

123 END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

124 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

125 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies permit compliance requirements, controls, treatment, monitoring, reporting, and inspection required during construction related to water discharged from construction sites. Discharge to groundwater is prohibited. B. Related Sections: The work of the following sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section , Permits 2. Section , Temporary Environmental Controls 3. Section , Operation and Maintenance Data C. Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor is responsible for all work in this Section. Refer to Section , Temporary Environmental Controls for qualifications. D. Site Water discharge flow per Exhibit REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates, by reference, the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of a listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. 1. Code of Federal Regulations(CFR): a. 40 CFR Part 136, Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants b. 40 CFR , Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste, Characteristic of Ignitability c. 40 CFR 423, Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Category d. 40 CFR , Metal Finishing Point Source Category, Specialized Definitions 2. Washington Administrative Code (WAC): a. WAC Accreditation of Environmental Laboratories. b. WAC Water Quality Standards for Ground Waters of the State of Washington. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

126 1.03 DEFINITIONS c. WAC A Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington. d. WAC Sediment Management Standards. 3. Federal Register a. Vol. 57, No. 246, National Toxics Rule. 4. City of Seattle (COS) a. COS Standard Plans for Municipal Construction. b. COS Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 5. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) a. WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction A. Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor: Section , Temporary Environmental Controls. B. Dewatering Water: Surface water or ground water extracted by the dewatering system as defined in Section , Dewatering. C. Dry Weather Discharge: No measurable precipitation in site rain gauge during previous 72-hours at time of discharge. D. Ecology: Washington State Department of Ecology. E. Groundwater Seepage: Water seeping into excavations through ground. F. Initial Site Construction Activities: 1. Mobilization of equipment and materials. 2. BMP construction. 3. Start-up of treatment systems. G. Process Water: 1. Process Water discharges include, but are not limited to: Truck and wheel wash water, equipment wash water, petroleum products, and chemical wastes. 2. Any water which, during manufacturing or processing comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product. 3. Water that comes in contact with uncured concrete. 4. Contaminated Groundwater, including dewatering water, pumped from any site. 5. Water used for sawcutting. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

127 H. Non-Compliance Event (or Events): Occurrence where either surface water or sanitary sewer water discharge exceeds allowable discharge limits. I. Site Water: 1. All water on the site of work that requires discharge from the site. a. Classified as either: Stormwater, groundwater, or process Water. J. Stormwater: Water originating as rain. K. Surface Water: 1. Waters of the State. 2. Wetlands, streams, and drainage channels. 3. City of Seattle stormwater system. L. Wet Weather Discharge: Any measurable precipitation in Site rain gauge during previous 72-hours at time of discharge. M. Leachate: Water that has become contaminated by contact with material within the soil profile SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Site Water Treatment a. Provide treatment for site water when necessary to meet discharge requirements. b. Maintain treatment systems. 2. Solid Waste a. Handle and dispose of all solid waste material in such a manner as to prevent its entry into ground or surface waters of the state. b. Collected screenings, grit, solids, sludges, filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of wastewaters so it is not resuspended or reintroduced to the final effluent stream for discharge to state waters. 3. Concrete truck washout disposal a. Washout concrete truck chutes, pumps and barrel only into Eco-pans or formed areas awaiting installations of concrete or asphalt. b. Return unused concrete remaining in the truck and pump to the originating batch plant for recycling. c. Wash off hand tools only into Eco-pans or formed areas awaiting installation of Concrete or Asphalt. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

128 d. Do not drain washdown and runoff from paved areas into the natural or constructed storm water conveyance until the measured PH of the discharge water is within the discharge criteria parameters. e. Contain wash water and waste concrete within a lined container when no formed areas or eco-pans are available. Contain concrete waste in a manner which does not violate water quality standards or solid waste regulations. 4. Leachate Treatment a. Do not allow leachate from solid waste material to enter State waters without providing all known, available, and reasonable methods of treatment, nor allow such leachate to cause violations of Chapter A WAC or Chapter WAC. 5. Quantity Limitations: a. Allow no more Quantity of Storm Water to Discharge from the site during and after construction than that amount of discharge currently leaving the site. 6. Chemical Usage: a. Use chemicals according to the manufacturer s instructions. b. Do not use any chemical if its toxicity to aquatic organisms is not known. c. Chemical usage for stormwater treatment requires prior approval from the Washington State Department of Ecology. Submit the request for such chemical treatment usage 30 Days prior to the anticipated usage date. B. Performance Requirements 1. Surface Water Discharges a. Comply with the water quality standards and requirements of the following: 1) Chapter A WAC. 2) Chapter WAC. 3) Human health-based criteria in the National Toxics Rule (Federal Register, Vol. 57, No. 246, December 22, 1992, pages ). 4) For facilities that discharge either directly or indirectly via a stormwater conveyance system to waters listed as impaired by the State under Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act, comply with the State s water quality standards of the named pollutants. 5) Do not discharge Process Water or domestic wastewater to Surface Water 6) Comply with the Effluent Limitations in Table 1. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

129 TABLE 1 - EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS: DISCHARGES TO SURFACE WATER Turbidity 1 Parameter Maximum Daily 1 Turbidity (non-chemical treatment) 2 Turbidity (chemical treatment) 2,4 Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons 3 ph Do not exceed 5 NTU turbidity in the receiving water over background turbidity when the background turbidity is 50 NTU or less, or have more than a 10 percent increase in turbidity when the background turbidity is more than 50 NTU. 50 NTU Do not exceed 5 NTU for the maximum daily average. 5 mg/l In the range of 6.5 to 8.5 standard units with a human-caused variation within a range of less than 0.2 units. 1 The maximum daily effluent limitation is defined as the highest allowable daily discharge. A visible change in turbidity or color or cause visible oil sheens in the discharges or receiving water body is not because of all discharges. 2 The method detection level (MDL) for turbidity is 1 NTU using a turbidimeter and Method Number from 40 CFR Part 136 or Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 3 The MDL for total petroleum hydrocarbons is 0.1 mg/l using Gas Chromatography and Flame Ionization Detector (FID) and Method Number WTPH-D Diesel (WTPH-D) from Washington State Department of Ecology Method WTPH-D. The quantitation level (QL) for TPH-D is 0.5 mg/l (5 x MDL). 4 Meet this standard when any chemical is added to the treatment process. 2. Sanitary Sewer Discharge a. Discharge quality 1) Monitor discharge for odor of solvent, gasoline, or hydrogen sulfide (rotten egg odor), oil sheen, or unusual color in discharge water. 2) If waste discharge limits identified in Table 2 are exceeded, stop discharging, notify the Resident Engineer, and implement the Contingency Plan. 3) Discharge limits are listed in Table 2: TABLE 2 PERMIT DISCHARGE LIMITS FOR UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON STATION SITE Parameter Daily Average (milligrams per liter(mg/l)) Instantaneous Maximum (mg/l) Maximum Loading (pounds/day) Arsenic Cadmium Chromium Copper Lead Mercury UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

130 Parameter Daily Average (milligrams per liter(mg/l)) Instantaneous Maximum (mg/l) Maximum Loading (pounds/day) Nickel Silver Zinc Cyanide Amenable NA Nonpolar FOG 100 NA NA Daily Minimum for 15 Continuous Minutes Minimum Instantaneous Maximum ph Settleable Solids (Imhoff Cone) NA NA 7 milliliters per liter Lower Explosive NA NA 5 percent Limit 1 Closed Cup Flash Point NA NA 140 degrees F 2 Temperature NA NA 150 degrees F 3 1 At no time two successive readings on an explosive hazard meter at any location be more than five percent of the lower explosive limit. Ensure no single reading exceed ten percent of the lower explosive limit. 2 Closed cup flash point test method specified in 40 CFR Ensure that Discharge do not cause the temperature of the sanitary sewer to exceed 104 degrees F. Maintain the temperature of the discharge within 150 degrees F. b. Do not discharge substances causing fire or explosion hazard, flow obstruction, excess oxygen demand or toxic vapors. c. Do not discharge organic pollutants that result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes. Organic pollutants subject to this restriction include, but are not limited to, any organic compound listed in 40 CFR (e) Total Toxic Organics (TTO) definition, acetone, 2-butanone (MEK), 4-methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK), and xylenes. d. Implement good housekeeping in order to prevent a concentrated discharge of any pollutant. e. Use treatment of the water for pollutant removal to meet the water quality standards. Do not use potable water, groundwater, stormwater or other materials for the purpose of diluting a waste to achieve discharge limits SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) See Section , Permits. C. Surface Water Discharge Related Documentation 1. Quantity: Daily amount for each discharge location. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

131 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual for each system 3. Contingency Plan. 4. Treatment Systems: a. Separate submittals for activities and locations where treatment systems are located including modifications to the treatment system. D. Process Water Discharge Related Documentation. E. Chemical Usage Documentation. F. Certification. G. Permits Obtained by Sound Transit and Contractor QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: B. Fines 1. Accredited Laboratory: a. Laboratory registered or accredited under the provisions of Chapter WAC. 1. Be responsible for all fines from governing authorities incurred from noncompliance with regulations. 2. Any person who is found guilty of willfully violating the terms and conditions of NPDES Permits: a. Can be deemed guilty of a crime. b. Upon conviction thereof can be punished by a fine of up to $10,000 and costs of prosecution or by imprisonment in the discretion of the court. c. Each day upon which a willful violation occurs may be deemed a separate and additional violation. 3. Any person who violates the terms and conditions of a NPDES Permit shall incur, in addition to any other penalty as provided by law, a civil penalty in the amount of up to $10,000 for every such violation. Each and every such violation may be deemed a separate and distinct offense, and, in case of a continuing violation, every day s continuance shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct violation. 4. The Clean Water Act provides penalties for tampering: a. Any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained for the NPDES Permits, can, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation or by imprisonment for not more that two years per violation, or by both. b. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this Condition, punishment shall be a UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

132 1.07 SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of not more than four years, or by both. A. Within 10 Days of the effective date of the Notice to Proceed, hold a meeting with the Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor and the Resident Engineer to review and discuss in detail all requirements of this Section, how meet them, and prepare a draft schedule for submittals, in accordance with Section , Submittal Procedures STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) A. Prior to disturbing soil or demolition activities, The Contractor is responsible for updates, as required by the NPDES Permit, or as directed by the Department of Ecology SURFACE WATER DISCHARGE RELATED DOCUMENTATION A. Treatment Systems: 1. Evaluate and design each proposed treatment system, including the following: a. The evaluation of potential pollutant loading from construction activities. b. Treatment process evaluation. c. Description of process used in treatment: 1) Design criteria. 2) Design flow rates. a) Stormwater flow from storm events. b) Treatment plant capacity. 3) Design loading, type of pollutant material and quantity. 4) Chemical usage. 5) Design parameters associated with each unit process. 6) Method for removal of solids off site and treatment and removal of backwash water. 7) Description of emergency power generator to operate treatment plant during power failure. d. Pressure filter system required except as indicated herein. e. Capability of automatic flow and turbidity passed chemical addition. f. Use BMPs as a treatment system during Initial Site Construction. 2. Operational and maintenance requirements, in accordance with Section , Operation and Maintenance Data. 3. Obtain approval of Surface Water Discharge submittals prior to start of Initial Construction Activities. Unless otherwise indicated below, within 14 Days after UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

133 receipt of each submittal, the submittal will be returned to the Contractor, Refer to Section , Submittal Procedures. 4. Contingency plan: a. For site water management in case of treatment system failure. b. If existing treatment system fails to meet discharge requirements improve the Treatment System to meet the Discharge Requirement. B. Monitoring and Reporting Results: 1. Submit and certify daily as specified herein. 2. Include all pollutant monitored more frequently than required herein. C. Non-compliance Event Notification: 1. Immediate notification of the Resident Engineer of the Non-compliance or becoming aware of a Non-compliance Event. 2. Submit a written report of the violation describing the Non-compliance. 3. In the report, include the following: a. Exact dates and times of the Non-compliance Event. b. Steps taken or planned to prevent reoccurrence of the Non-compliance. c. Water quality data per the requirements of the NPDES Waste Discharge Permit, University Link Project. 4. Submit the report within two days after the initial Event occurrence or one day after receiving laboratory results, whichever time is shorter. D. Operations and Maintenance Manual: 1. Be in accordance with Section , Operation and Maintenance Data. 2. Design criteria including pertinent calculations used in designing, selecting, or verifying the suitability of the installed equipment. 3. Pump curves: Manufacturer s catalog curve. 4. Installation and startup procedures: Manufacturer's recommendations for installation, adjustment, calibration, and troubleshooting. 5. Operating procedures: Manufacturer's recommended step-by-step procedures for starting, operating, and stopping the equipment under specified modes of operation. 6. Preventive maintenance procedures: Manufacturer's recommended steps and schedules for maintaining the equipment. E. Contingency plan for the following: 1. Non-compliance Event. 2. Discharge rates require reduction from the maximum. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

134 3. Discontinued Discharge. 4. Treatment system improvements necessary to meet discharge requirements if existing treatment system fails to meet discharge requirements. 5. Additional BMP s to bring discharge into compliance PROCESS WATER DISCHARGE RELATED DOCUMENTATION A. The Process water is minimal at this Site. Vacuum all the process water and Truck offsite to an appropriate location: 1. Evaluate and design treatment systems and submit a report: a. Method to convey or truck Process Water discharge from the Site. b. Process Water discharge to sanitary sewer is prohibited unless authorized by the Permit. c. Discharge of Site sanitary sewage from Contractor sanitary facilities to the Sanitary Sewer System is acceptable. B. Non-compliance Event Notification: 1. Immediately notify the Resident Engineer of the Non-compliance or becoming aware of a Non-compliance Event. 2. Submit a written report of the violation describing the Non-compliance. 3. In the report, include the following: a. Exact dates and times of the Non-compliance Event. b. Steps taken or planned to prevent reoccurrence of the Non-compliance. c. Water quality data per the requirements of the NPDES Discharge Permit, University Link Project. 4. Submit the report within two days after the initial event occurrence or one day after receiving laboratory results, whichever time is shorter. C. Contingency plan: 1. Waste discharge limits exceeded. 2. Non-compliance Event. 3. Discharge maximum rates require reduction from the maximum. 4. Discontinue discharge immediately upon notification by Resident Engineer. 5. For treatment system improvements necessary to meet discharge requirements if existing treatment system fails to meet discharge requirements. D. Trucking Plan: 1. Required for all trucking of Process Water not disposed of in the sanitary sewer. 2. Provide name, address, and telephone number of firm responsible for trucking. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 10

135 3. Truck capacity or capacities. 4. Training provided to truck operators in discharge procedures and spill response. 5. In the event of a spill: a. Emergency contact person to handle the spill. b. Steps taken by truck operator CHEMICAL USAGE DOCUMENTATION A. Document and submit chemicals used to treat water discharged to Surface Water. B. Document the following: 1. Identification of chemical used. 2. Commercial source. 3. Material Safety Data Sheet. 4. Quantities used. 5. Quantities of water treated. 6. Dosage rate. C. Provide Certification as described in Article 1.11 below. D. Maintain a daily log for all use. E. Submit daily logs monthly no later than the third day of each month CERTIFICATION A. When required on reports, provide the following signed certification: 1. I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations PERMITS OBTAINED BY SOUND TRANSIT AND THE CONTRACTOR A. NPDES Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES Permit): 1. Refer to Section , Permits, for additional requirements of the Permit. 2. The NPDES permit will be obtained as a joint permit between Sound Transit and the Contractor. 3. Authorizes the discharge of stormwater and uncontaminated groundwater associated with construction activities to waters of Washington State. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 11

136 4. Does not authorize illicit discharges, including spills of oil or hazardous substances, nor does it relieve entities from obligations under State and Federal laws and regulations pertaining to those discharges. 5. Does not include water rights to allow beneficial use of groundwater or surface water. 6. Requires monitoring as specified herein. 7. Limits quantity of discharge as specified herein. 8. Maintain a copy of NPDES Permit at each construction Site office as part of the Reference Documents. B. Waste Discharge Permit: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RAIN GAUGE 1. Obtain Major Discharge Authorization (MDA) Agreement for the University Link Project from the City of Seattle and King County. 2. Authorizes discharge into the sanitary sewer/combined sewer at identified locations as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. Requires monitoring as specified herein. 4. Limits quantity of discharge as specified herein. 5. Supply Waste Discharge Permit at the Preconstruction Conference. Maintain a copy at each construction Site office, as part of the Reference Documents. A. Minimum requirements: 1. Install and maintain a rain gauge until Notice of Acceptance of Completion is given. 2. Install with no obstructions in the area, described as a cone with a 45 degree vertical boundary. 3. For manual rain gauge: After reading the rain gauge, discard water from the previous day. 4. Accurate to within 0.10 inch. 5. If a plastic gauge is used, ensure that gradations are marked at a minimum every 0.05 inches MONITORING INSTRUMENT A. Use field equipment in-situ: 1. Temperature, turbidity, ph, dissolved oxygen (DO). 2. Rugged, small, portable and waterproof. 3. Meet the requirements in Table 3. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 12

137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Table 3- Field Instrument Specifications Parameter Range Accuracy Resolution DO 0 to 20 milligrams per liter (mg/l) within 0.1 if DO is 8 mg/l or less within 0.2 if DO. is greater than 8 mg/l 0.01 mg/l ph 0 to 14 units within 0.2 units 0.01 units Temperature Turbidity negative 5 to 50 degrees C 4. Acceptable manufacturer: a. Hydrolab. b. YSI MS5. c. Approved equal. 0 to 1,000 Nephlometric Turbidity Units(NTU), with range selection of 0 to 9.99, 0 to 99.9 and 0 to 1000 NTU within 0.10 degrees C within 2 percent of reading; within 3 percent if turbidity is 500 NTU or more 0.01 degrees C 0.01 NTU on lowest rage A. Post sign at all Sites with name and phone number of the Construction Site Environmental Management Supervisor FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests 1. NPDES Permit Monitoring: a. General: 1) Collect water samples for all point of discharge locations and receiving water upstream and downstream monitoring locations at the minimum frequencies indicated. 2) Increase monitoring frequency whenever indicated. 2. Collect water samples for all construction locations per Table 4. TABLE 4 - NPDES MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE WATER Category 1 Parameter Units Sample Point Minimum Sampling Frequency Sample Type Stormwater Turbidity NTU Point of Rain Grab UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 13

138 Discharge & Receiving Water Stormwater PH Std. Units Point of Discharge & Receiving Water Stormwater Temperature degrees C Point of Discharge & Receiving Water Stormwater Flow gallons/day Point of Discharge Dewatering Water Dewatering Water Dewatering Water Dewatering Water Dewatering Water Flow gallons/day Point of Discharge Turbidity NTU Point of Discharge & Receiving Water PH Std. Units Point of Discharge & Receiving Water Temperature degrees C Point of Discharge & Receiving Water Dissolved Oxygen Mg/L Point of Discharge 1 When stormwater and groundwater are combined, testing of both categories is required. 2 Within 24 hours of every 0.25-inch rainfall event, not to exceed three times per week. 3 Measured during the months of July-September only. Event 2 Rain Event 2 Rain Event 2,3 Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily, Weekly Grab Grab Grab Grab Grab Grab Grab 4 Analytical Method EPA or equivalent. Priority Pollutant Metals are listed in 40 CFR 423, Appendix A to Part Analytical Method EPA 1624 or equivalent. Priority Pollutant Volatile Organic Compounds are listed in 40 CFR 423, Appendix A to Part Analytical Method EPA 610 or equivalent. Priority Pollutant Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons are listed in 40 CFR 423, Appendix A to Part Analytical Method EPA 608 or equivalent. Priority Pollutant Polychlorinated Biphenyls are listed in 40 CFR 423, Appendix A to Part If there are no water quality criteria exceedances after the second year of sampling, then those compounds can be eliminated from further monitoring. If water quality exceedances occur, then monitoring for those compounds continues to occur at a rate of at least one sample per quarter. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 14

139 3. Rain gauge: a. Read each Day (Monday through Sunday) at 9:00 AM local time. 4. Frequency of monitoring is modified in Table 4 after a Non-compliance Event. 5. Samples and measurements represents the volume and nature of the monitoring parameters, including representative sampling of all unusual discharge or discharge condition, including bypasses, upsets, and maintenance-related conditions affecting effluent quality. 6. Conform to sampling methods of 40 CFR Part 136 or the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 7. Sample collection: Start at the most downstream location and work upstream. 8. Wear new, clean vinyl gloves when sampling at each discharge location. 9. Record instrument calibration records in logbooks at each discharge site and have them available for inspection. Record in waterproof, indelible, blue or black ink. 10. In Table 4, for the work in the follow-on Notes 4, 5, 6, and 7, perform testing sampling with an accredited laboratory as per City of Seattle Standard Specifications Section NPDES permit parameters other than those listed above are monitored by Sound Transit. Provide access to allow such sampling to occur. 12. Sound Transit will collect monitoring samples in addition to those listed in this Section and test for constituents both listed in this Section and additional constituents. If results from the sampling indicate a Non-compliance Event, the Resident Engineer will notify the Contractor. 13. Discharge Monitoring: a. Monitor nonpolar fats, oils, grease (FOG), ph and settleable solids at each Site where there is a discharge per Table 5. TABLE 5 MONITORING FREQUENCY Parameters Volume Sampling Frequency Nonpolar FOG For all discharge Once per month ph and Settleable Solids 1 to 20,000 gallons per day Once per day 20,000 to 30,000 gallons per day Twice per day 30,000 to 50,000 gallons per day Three times per day day Over 50,000 gallons per day b. Record nonpolar FOG as follows: Four times per day 1) Collect three grab samples of equal volume collected at least five minutes apart and analyzed separately. 2) Report total nonpolar FOG as average of the three samples. 3) If the average value is greater than 100 milligrams per liter, report the three individual sample concentrations. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 15

140 B. Inspection c. Monitor the ph by grab samples at even time intervals during the day. If a ph violation occurs, make all future ph monitoring with a continuous inline meter. d. Record the ph and settleable solids measurements as follows: 1) Date, exact place, and time of sampling. 2) Dates the analyses were performed. 3) Person who performed the analyses. 4) Analytical techniques or methods used. 5) Results of all analyses. e. Measure settleable solids by Imhoff cone. f. Monitor discharge volumes daily with in-line flow meter. g. Non-compliance Event: 1) When not in compliance with discharge limits specified herein, take immediate action to stop the violation and notify the Resident Engineer. 2) Collect a discharge sample and submit new data within one Day of becoming aware of non-compliance. 3) When discharge ph is in non-compliance, take immediate steps to bring the discharge into compliance. If it is not possible to be in compliance, stop discharge. 4) In the event of a concentrated solution spill, notify the Resident Engineer immediately and stop the discharge. 5) Implement the Contingency Plan. 6) Conduct monitoring twice daily after a violation is documented until three consecutive daily samples show the discharge(s) is in compliance. h. Quantity Limitations: a) Implement the Contingency Plan if discharge maximum rates indicated above require reduction from the maximum or discontinue discharge immediately upon notification by Resident Engineer. 1. Grant the Resident Engineer, City of Seattle, other jurisdictional agencies, and representatives from Ecology the rights of access to: a. Enter the Site where a discharge is located or where all submittals and monitoring logs are kept. b. View and copy submittals and monitoring logs. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 16

141 c. Inspect all facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, methods, or operations regulated or required. d. Sample or monitor all substances or parameters at all locations for purposes of assuring Contract compliance. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 17

142 END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TEMPORARY SITE WATER DISCHARGE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 18

143 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for general requirements for materials and equipment, including the packaging, handling, delivery, and storage thereof. Additional requirements for product listing, product selection, equivalent materials, product performance, and requests for substitutions are included in Article 5 of the General Conditions QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide products, materials and equipment of the same generic kind from a single source. Where products or materials, by nature, are available only from sources that do not individually comprise sufficient quantity for the total project requirement, select products and materials from those individual sources that are most nearly equal and uniform in the indicated qualities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. When the Contract Documents require that installation of work comply with manufacturers' instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation and seven copies to the Resident Engineer. Maintain one set at the site until installation is complete. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in strict compliance with the instructions and specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with the manufacturers' instructions, notify the Resident Engineer. Handle all equipment in strict accordance with the manufacturer s written handling instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit steps unless specifically modified or exempted by the Contract Documents HANDLING OF MATERIALS A. Handle all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work in a manner that will prevent misalignment of parts or the occurrence of damage of any kind. B. Protect all materials and equipment at all times from all environmental conditions that might cause damage in a secure and dry storage facility. C. Verify with the manufacturer all information regarding scheduling, delivery, and preparations necessary for installation. D. Ensure that each item is marked in accordance with referenced codes and standards. E. Ship each unit securely wrapped, crated or packaged, and labeled for safe handling in shipment and to avoid damage or distortion. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

144 F. Supply all necessary supervision and coordination information to accommodate the installations of equipment. G. Adhere to manufacturer s handling requirements when off-loading equipment and materials at the jobsite STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Store equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations, or as specified in the Contract Documents to preserve their quality and fitness for the Work. Stored equipment and materials, although determined acceptable for the Work upon delivery or during storage, must again be inspected by the Contractor before their incorporation into the Work. Locate and arrange stored equipment and materials to facilitate inspection by the Resident Engineer. B. Store Sound Transit-furnished materials or materials paid for before incorporation in secure locations approved in writing by the Resident Engineer in a manner that will preserve their full value. Prominently label materials as property of Sound Transit and keep materials separate from non-sound Transit materials. Store in controlled environment buildings if necessary. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

145 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for surveying services for layout of the work and for field measurement of work quantities. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work SUBMITTALS 1. Section , Project Record Documents. A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Qualifications. C. Survey field notes and all survey calculations. D. Record Drawings (as-built drawings) that are stamped, signed and dated by Licensed Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington per Section , Project Record Documents. E. Licensed surveys as required by the Resident Engineer. F. Submit copies of survey records to the Resident Engineer upon request QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor: Licensed Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Only the Construction Control monuments and benchmarks will be provided by Sound Transit. Use Sound Transit surveys to control establishment of the lines and grades required for completion of the work. Construction Control Points for vertical and horizontal control are indicated on the Contract Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. General: All survey work needed for the Work is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor s responsibilities include: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK FIELD ENGINEERING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

146 1. Perform all survey work by a Licensed Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington. 2. Verifying and maintaining Construction Control Points as shown on the Drawings; 3. Establishing and maintaining all secondary or additional survey control needed for the project; 4. Establishing and maintaining all alignment, slope, grade, clearing limit, and grading limit stakes, hubs, or marks; 5. Establishing and constructing to dimensions, locations, lines, grades, and elevations as shown on the Contract Drawings or as specified; 6. Perform all survey work in conformance with survey requirements imposed by State of Washington, City of Seattle or University of Washington on the work through a permit, development condition, law, or regulation; 7. Developing and maintaining detailed survey records that allow the survey work to be reproduced. B. Lines And Grades 1. Using the Construction Control Points, develop and make additional surveys as needed for construction, such as secondary control, control lines, slope stakes, settlement markers, batter boards, stakes for pipe locations, and other working points, lines and elevations. Re-establish all benchmarks and survey control points destroyed. 2. Maintain and preserve all monuments, stakes and markers outside the construction limits. In the event that monuments, stakes or markers are destroyed or damaged, replace them at no cost to the Owner. Provide new replacement monuments and boxes when removed or damaged during construction. 3. Be responsible for all other stakes or markers required to establish the lines and grades for the completion of the work. C. Surveys For Layout And Performance 1. Perform all surveys for layout and performance of the Work, reduce the field notes, and make all necessary calculations and drawings to carry out such work. Check the relative positions of all monuments and benchmarks each time monuments or benchmarks are used. 2. Be responsible for correctly locating all lines and grades required to perform the construction from the Construction Control Points furnished on the Contract Drawingss. 3. Use instruments and other survey equipment that are accurate, suitable for the surveys required in accordance with recognized professional standards, and in proper condition and adjustment at all times. Furnish calibration reports prior to the start of survey work. Additionally furnish every twelve months thereafter. Perform surveys under the direct supervision of a Licensed Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington. Field check all surveys and layouts and check all calculations. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK FIELD ENGINEERING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

147 4. Record all surveys in field notebooks. Furnish a certified copy of the original pages of records to the Resident Engineer at intervals required by the Resident Engineer. Furnish each field notebook to the Resident Engineer when filled or completed. 5. The Contractor s surveys are a part of the Work and may be checked by the Owner at any time. Be responsible for lines, grades, or measurements which do not comply with specified or proper tolerances, or which are otherwise defective, and for the resultant defects in the Work. Conduct resurveys or check surveys to correct errors indicated by review of the field notebooks. 6. The Resident Engineer may require that work be suspended at any time when location and limit marks established by the Contractor are not reasonably adequate to permit inspection of the work. 7. In advance of the restoration paving, produce survey information to check the line and grade used for paving elevations and slopes. D. Surveys For Measurement For Payment 1. Perform surveys for all Schedule of Value items measured by surveying methods. 2. Perform all surveys, including control surveys run for establishing the measurement reference lines, in the presence of the Resident Engineer who will witness the surveying operation by signing the field notes or keeping duplicate field notes. Reduce the field notes and calculate quantities for payment purposes. Provide a duplicate copy of the note reductions and calculations to the Resident Engineer. E. Surveys For Record Drawings (As-built Drawings) 1. Be responsible for performance of surveys as are required to accurately indicate the record (as-built) information for all major components of the Work or as required elsewhere in these Contract Documents. F. Surveying Accuracy And Tolerances In Setting Survey Stakes 1. Perform all control traverse field surveys and computations, including surveys of main control lines to determine alignment of major structure components, to a precision of at least 1:20,000 after azimuth closure and adjustment. 2. Set survey stakes to the tolerances in Table A, herein, unless otherwise specified to stricter tolerances elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Table A does not otherwise relieve the Contractor of responsibility for measurements in compliance therewith. 3. Do not exceed the following tolerances in setting survey stakes: TABLE A - SURVEYING ACCURACY AND TOLERANCES Tolerance on Error in Line Horizontal Survey Stake or Markers Distance Tangent Curve Horizontal markers on hubs and monuments on centerlines and offset centerlines Intermediate stakes or markers on 1:10, foot 10 second UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK FIELD ENGINEERING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

148 centerlines and offset centerlines for: Rough excavation and embankment for roads and other work not otherwise provided Trimming of excavation and embankment, unless otherwise provided 1:2, foot 1 minute 1:2, foot 1 minute Structures, building construction 1:10, foot Equipment installation Trimming or preparation of earth subgrade for roadways, trackway, concrete pipe, and other concrete structures Trackway subballast, roadway subbase and base, steel pipe and other work not otherwise provided for Roadway surfacing, steel reinforcement, concrete pipe and other formed concrete As required by manufacturer 1:2, foot 1 minute 1:2, foot 1/2 minute 1:5, foot 1/2 minute Vertical Grade Stakes or Markers for: Rough excavation and embankment for trackway, roads and other work not otherwise provided for Trimming of excavation and embankment, unless otherwise provided for Trimming or preparation of earth subgrade for trackway, roadways, concrete pipe, and other concrete structures Trackway subballast, roadway subbase and base, steel pipe, and other work not otherwise provided for Roadway surfacing, steel reinforcement, and other formed concrete Structures, building construction Equipment installation Elevation (plus/minus) 0.10 foot 0.10 foot 0.05 foot 0.05 foot 0.02 foot 0.01 foot As required by manufacturer END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK FIELD ENGINEERING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

149 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies requirements for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services, and performing all operations necessary for, and properly incidental to, cleanup during construction and final cleaning of the site prior to Acceptance of the Work by Sound Transit. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections not referenced below may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section , Temporary Environmental Controls. 2. Section , Temporary Site Water Discharge. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANUP DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Keep the entire site in a neat and orderly condition at all times during construction. Conduct a general cleanup of the site daily as a part of the work at no additional cost to Sound Transit. Provide general daily clean-up and disposal service for removal of waste and rubbish from the jobsite. Clean material as necessary prior to incorporating into the work. B. Dispose and/or recycle waste, trash, and debris in a safe, acceptable manner, in accordance with applicable laws and ordinances and as prescribed by the City of Seattle. Bury no waste material and debris on the site. Burning of trash and debris on the site is prohibited. C. Remove materials and equipment from the site when no longer necessary. D. Dust Control: Be responsible for dust control work, including dust control in connection with plant operations. Refer to Section , Temporary Environmental Controls, for dust control requirements. E. Litter Removal: Provide daily litter pickup within 1/2 block of the job site in all directions. Provide trash receptacles for worker s lunches, cigarette butts, and other miscellaneous garbage FINAL SITE CLEANUP A. Prior to final inspection, clean the entire site and put it into a neat, acceptable condition. Remove from the entire site all construction equipment and facilities, construction waste and unused materials, loose rock and stones, excess earth, and debris of any description resulting from the work. B. Wash, scrub clean all pavement and paved walks. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

150 C. Remove mortar droppings from concrete work and pavement where they occur. Wash and scrub clean all exposed vertical surfaces of concrete. Clean all manholes. D. Ensure all drainage systems are free and clear. Pressure clean and inspect all drainage systems and sewers, and clean all catch basins and sumps. E. Deliver all spare material to Sound Transit Maintenance Facility. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

151 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies requirements for performing all operations necessary for and incidental to closing out a Contract and assisting in the final inspection. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work QUALITY CONTROL 1. Section , Cleaning and Waste Management. 2. Section , Project Record Documents. A. Facilities: Maintain facilities until Acceptance of the Work. The following apply to interim facilities: 1. TBD 2. TBD 3. TBD 1.03 CLOSEOUT SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURE A. Requirements Preparatory to Final Inspection: 1. Notify the Resident Engineer that the Work is ready for a preliminary final inspection for determining the state of completion. The Resident Engineer will advise when the inspection will be conducted. From the information gathered from this inspection, the Resident Engineer will prepare a "punch list" of work to be performed, corrected or completed before the Work will be accepted. Complete all work on the punch list prior to final inspection. 2. Remove temporary facilities, except as required for "punch list work" from the site. 3. Clean the site and all applicable appurtenances and improvements as specified in Section , Cleaning and Waste Management. 4. Properly mount operating instructions for equipment and post as specified or required. 5. Complete record drawings, specifications, and as-built surveys, and submit to the Resident Engineer as specified in Section , Project Record Documents. B. Final Inspection: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

152 1. After all requirements preparatory to the final inspection have been completed, request that the Resident Engineer perform the final inspection. Give notice at least seven Days in advance of the time the Work will be available for final inspection. The Resident Engineer will advise when the inspection will be conducted. If the work is acceptable at the final inspection, the requested date will be the Acceptance date. 2. Contractor or its principal superintendent, authorized to act in behalf of the Contractor, shall accompany the Resident Engineer on the final inspection tour, as well as any principal subcontractors that the Resident Engineer may request to be present. 3. If the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and no further corrective measures are required, the Resident Engineer will issue a Notice of Acceptance. 4. If the work has been substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the work can be used for its intended purpose with only minor corrective measures required, the Resident Engineer will issue a Notice of Substantial Completion along with a Punch List of Corrective Actions or other work to be completed. These items will be completed after Final Inspection contingent upon the Contractor's assurance that corrective measures will be completed within the shortest practicable time period. Submit a fixed schedule for such corrective measures to the Resident Engineer for approval. 5. If the work has not been substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and corrective measures are still required, the Resident Engineer will not issue a Notice of Substantial Completion. Instead, a punch list will be prepared based on the information gathered from the inspection, and the Contractor shall be required to complete this work and then call for another final inspection, following the procedure outlined above. 6. Should the Resident Engineer perform re-inspections due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: a. Contractor shall compensate Sound Transit for such additional services at the rate of $75.00 (seventy-five dollars) per labor-hour. b. Sound Transit will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor. 7. Final Acceptance of the work by Sound Transit will be issued in accordance with the General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

153 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies requirements for providing the following: 1. Posted operating and maintenance instructions of all installed equipment and systems. 2. Preparation and submission of an Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual of all installed equipment and systems. 3. Instruction of operation and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of all installed equipment and systems POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide and install, where directed, a printed sheet under framed clear acrylic plastic, giving brief, concise operating and maintenance instructions for all items of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment at their respective locations SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures, for submittal requirements and procedures. 1. Before the work will be considered for Acceptance, forward to the Resident Engineer one complete bound set and one electronic version to be posted on The selected software of instructions of each equipment plant and its component parts, including: a. manufacturers' certificates, b. warranty slips c. parts lists d. descriptive brochures e. maintenance and operating instructions for all equipment and systems installed. 2. Within 14 Days after receipt of the O&M Manual marked "Exceptions as Noted, Resubmission Required" or Rejected, revise the Manual in accordance with the directions for revision and resubmit one hard copy set and one electronic version of the revised Manual for review. 3. Within 14 Days after receipt of the O&M Manual, marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Exceptions as Noted, Resubmission Not Required", revise the Manual in accordance with revisions noted, if any, and furnish one hard copy set and one electronic version of the O&M Manual in final form. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

154 B. Format: 4. If subsequent modifications to the equipment require revised operation and maintenance procedures, revise the O&M Manual to show the equipment as installed. Revise by issue of replacement pages to the final O&M Manual, or by reissue of the O&M Manual, at the Contractor's option. Submit the revisions to the O&M Manual not later than 30 Days following revision of the equipment. 1. Include a title page, contents page, frontispiece, and information covering description, installation, operation, preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance, overhaul, parts list, and list of recommended spare parts, and an appendix. 2. Include on the title page, the name and function of the equipment, manufacturer's identification number, and the Contract Specifications number and title. 3. List the contents of all sections and subsection titles of the Manual with reference to the page on which each starts and a list of included drawings. 4. Frontispiece shall be a recognizable illustration of the equipment described in the Manual. 5. Pages: 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches in size or folded to that size, and placed in a three-ring binder not filled more than 2/3 of its capacity. C. Contents: 1. Descriptive information including drawings and diagrams, and a physical and functional description of the equipment, and major assemblies and subassemblies. 2. Cover the installation information and pre-installation inspection, installation, calibration, and preparation for operation, both for initial installation and for installation after overhaul. 3. Include the operation information, step-by-step procedures for starting, restarting, operating, shutdown, and emergency requirements. Include the information on performance specifications and operating limitations. 4. Include the maintenance information step-by-step procedures for inspection, operation checks, cleaning, lubrication, adjustments, repair, overhaul, disassembly, and reassembly of the equipment for proper operation of the equipment. Include a list of special tools that are required for maintenance with the maintenance information. 5. Provide the complete parts list and a list of recommended spare parts with all necessary information, including part numbers and catalog item numbers if applicable, for identifying parts. Identify parts or assembles obtained from another manufacturer by the name of that manufacturer and its identifying part number. Supply the size, capacity, or other characteristics of the part if required for identification. 6. Include in the appendix safety precautions, a glossary, and, if available at time of submittal, copies of test reports and other relevant material not specified to be submitted. 7. Delete all information on material or equipment not used in the work from the O&M Manual. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

155 1.04 INSTRUCTION OF SOUND TRANSIT'S PERSONNEL FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS: A. Before final inspection or Acceptance, instruct designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all equipment and systems. B. Explain to O&M personnel, in full and to their complete understanding, all procedures necessary to operate and maintain all equipment and systems on a continuing basis. C. Review the contents of the O&M Manuals with O&M personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of the Manuals as it relates to the operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

156 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

157 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies requirements for preparation, maintenance, completion, and submission of Project Record Documents including as-built drawings and related documents, as required. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section , Internet Based Document Management System 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the jobsite one copy of the following Contract Documents for record purposes: 1. As-built drawings (Full Size) based upon conformed Contract Drawings and subsequent Change Orders. 2. Shop Drawings: Submitted in accordance with Section , Submittal Procedures. 3. Record Specifications. 4. Inspection Reports. 5. Laboratory Test Records. 6. Field Test Records. 7. Surveys. B. Store documents used for record purposes in the field job office or other location approved by Sound Transit. C. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. D. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. E. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. F. Make documents available for periodic review by the Resident Engineer. G. Make documents available for incremental review. H. Store documents electronically on the selected software, in accordance with Section , Internet Based Document Management System. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

158 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Contract Drawings: 1. The Resident Engineer will furnish Contract Drawings for the purpose of as-built or record drawings. Immediately upon receipt, stamp drawings As-Built. 2. Maintain as-built drawings of all Work continuously as the job progresses. Keep a complete set of prints, for this purpose only, at the jobsite at all times. 3. During the course of construction, update the as-built set and make it available to the Resident Engineer for monthly review. 4. As identified by the Resident Engineer, make selected drawings available incrementally for reproduction. Incremental updates shall not exceed more than three requests for the duration of the Contract. 5. Incorporate all as-built conditions into the as-built drawing set in red ink or red pencil. 6. During the course of construction, identify actual locations to scale in red ink or red pencil on the as-built drawings. Show deviations from Contract Drawings in detail. Where the Contract Drawings are not of sufficient size, scale, or detail, furnish the Contractor s own shop drawings for incorporation of details and dimensions. Provide annotations on the as-built drawing set referencing applicable shop drawings. Note responses to RFIs or other similar documents on the as-built set. 7. Do not permanently conceal any work until the required as-built information has been documented by the Contractor. B. Change Orders: 1. Incorporate Change Orders to Contract Drawings into the as-built drawings. Annotate the as-built changes into the revised Contract Drawing. 2. Do not incorporate drawings deleted in their entirety by Change Orders as part of the record set. Mark these drawings Deleted or Superseded, and keep with as-built drawings to reflect status. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit one complete set of approved Shop Drawings, including manufacturers' printed catalog cuts and data, and maintain for record purposes. 2. File shop drawings and maintain separate from Contract Drawings. File shop drawings in 9-inch by 12-inch file folders to the greatest extent possible and index in accordance with the Specifications RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Contract Specifications: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

159 1. File the Contract Specifications for record purposes in a large, three-ring binder or binders. 2. Record Specification information, changes, and notes in red ink or red pencil in blank areas, such as page margins or the backs of opposite pages, or on separate sheets inserted in the binder. 3. Ensure the Record Specifications are complete and include all applicable Contract Documents other than Contract Drawings. B. Change Orders: 1. Incorporate Change Orders into the front of the record Specifications in reverse numerical order. Use appropriate page dividers to identify Change Orders and to separate Change Orders from the Contract Specifications. 2. In addition, if changes are made to the Contract Specifications by Change Order, make appropriate annotations on the affected page or pages of the Contract Specifications or adjacent thereto INCREMENTAL SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS A. Upon request from the Resident Engineer, make available selected as-built drawings for reproduction. Accomplish reproduction by maintaining the original blackline copy with all red annotations (ink or pencil) reproduced in red on the reproduction print. B. Ensure incremental as-built drawings requested by the Resident Engineer are stamped As-Built, signed, and dated by Contractor. C. Submit record documents with a transmittal letter containing the following information: 1. Date of submission. 2. Project title and number. 3. List of items covered in the incremental as-built submission 4. Contractor s name and address 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative SUBMISSON OF FINAL DOCUMENTS A. At completion of the Work, and before requesting Final Acceptance of the Work, deliver record documents to the Resident Engineer. B. For as-built drawings, submit the blackline print (full size) with revisions incorporated on the prints in red ink or red pencil. C. Stamp final as-built drawings As-Built, sign, and date. D. Ensure record documents are delivered neatly and efficiently filed and packaged in appropriate file storage cabinets or boxes, 12 inches by 15 inches in size. Roll as-built drawings and wrap with the transmittal letter affixed identifying contents. E. Ensure boxes have covers and cutout handles, and the contents are accurately identified. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

160 F. Submit record documents with a transmittal letter containing the following information: 1. Date of submission. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Title and number of each record document. (Shop drawings may be grouped in basic categories or divisions of work and by box identification.) 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

161 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for portland cement concrete, including materials, mix designs, batching, mixing, delivering. B. Proportion and mix portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water, with or without admixtures as accepted by the Resident Engineer, and as specified herein. C. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Concrete Accessories. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 116R Cement and Concrete Terminology b. ACI 121R Quality Assurance Systems for Concrete Construction c. ACI Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete d. ACI 212.1R Admixtures for Concrete e. ACI 212.2R Guide for Use of Admixtures in Concrete f. ACI 212.3R Chemical Admixtures for Concrete g. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete h. ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete i. ACI 304.2R Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods j. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting k. ACI 306 Cold Weather Concreting l. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates b. ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

162 c. ASTM C40 Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete d. ASTM C88 Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate e. ASTM C94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete f. ASTM C114 Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement g. ASTM C117 Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-um (Number 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing h. ASTM C123 Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate i. ASTM C127 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate j. ASTM C131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine k. ASTM C142 Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates l. ASTM C150 Specification for Portland Cement m. ASTM C260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete n. ASTM C289 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) o. ASTM C494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete p. ASTM C535 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine q. ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete r. ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars s. ASTM C1017 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete t. ASTM C1611 Test Method for Slump Flow of Self-Consolidating Concrete u. ASTM E329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction 3. City of Seattle (COS): a. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 1) Section Controlled Density fill (CDF) Pipe Bedding and Tranch Backfill 2) Section Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

163 3) Section (2)c - Grading 4) Section (3)D Grading b. Department of Planning and Development (DPD) 1) Director Rule DEFINITIONS A. Seattle DPD: City of Seattle Department of Planning and Development. B. Except for the foregoing definitions, the words and terms used in these Specifications conform to the definitions given in ACI 116R. C. Concrete Class: 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1. Classes of concrete are designated by numerical symbol indicating the minimum 28- day compressive strength, in pounds per square inch as determined by ASTM C39. Specialty low strength concretes are designated by: Lean Concrete, or Controlled Density Fill (CDF). 2. Each Class of concrete may include one or more mixes determined by the maximum size of aggregate, cement factor, and types of admixtures or special aggregates used. 3. Consider each mix within a class as a specific type, requiring acceptance of the mix design. 4. The various classes of concrete are listed in Table A at the end of this section. A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures B. Concrete Mix Designs: 1. As specified herein. 2. Identify location where each concrete mix will be used 3. Indicate maximum aggregate size of each mix 4. Continuously approved mixes: Conform to DPD s Director Rule Include laboratory test reports of trial strength tests or results of consecutive field tests in accordance with ACI 318 C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed concrete admixtures. D. Samples: Furnish and deliver samples of cement and aggregates for testing and analysis. This requirement may be waived if certificates of compliance are furnished as specified herein. Furnish and deliver identified samples of materials required for tests and analysis in the amounts required by the Resident Engineer without charge. Deliver samples of cement and aggregates as directed by the Resident Engineer at least 30 days prior to use on the project. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

164 E. Affidavits/Certificates: Submit evidence of compliance with Specification requirements for cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Mill tests and manufacturers' certification of compliance with ASTM Specifications will be accepted in lieu of testing of cement and analysis of aggregates. All materials used based on a certificate of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a certificate of compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. F. Batch Tickets: Submit a delivery ticket with each batch of concrete delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. G. Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) Plan: Submit the concrete QA/QC plan as defined herein QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Supplier: 1. Capable of meeting project requirements and the requirements of these Contract Specifications. 2. Certified by the National Ready Mix Concrete Association and hold a valid certificate of conformance for concrete production facilities. B. Provide a Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) Plan to assure control and uniformity of materials, conformance with accepted mix designs, and prompt and proper delivery of concrete to the jobsite in accordance with the applicable requirements and recommendations of Section , Quality Control, and ACI 121R and ASTM C94. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, low alkali. Use only one brand of cement on the project. B. Aggregates: 1. Obtain aggregates from a selected aggregate source known to produce aggregates complying with the herein specified requirements. 2. Coarse Aggregate a. Hard, strong, durable gravel or crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33. b. Unless otherwise specified, conform to City of Seattle Standard Specification Section (3)D and Grading Number 6. c. Do not allow deleterious substances in aggregates to exceed the following limits as a percentage of weight: 1) Material Passing Number 200 Sieve (ASTM C117): 3 percent a) Nominal size range Number 4 to 3/4-inch: 0.5 percent. b) Nominal size range 3/4-inch to 1 1/2 inches: 0.4 percent UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

165 2) Shale (ASTM C123, specific gravity of heavy liquid 1.95): 1 percent 3) Clay lumps (ASTM C142): 0.5 percent 4) Other deleterious substances: 1 percent 5) Total of all deleterious substances: 3 percent d. Conform to the following requirements when tested in accordance with the specified ASTM Test Methods: 1) Resistance to Abrasion (ASTM C131): For the loss for aggregate size range ¾-inch to 3/16-inch after 100 revolutions and 500 revolutions do not exceed 10 percent and 35 percent, respectively. Include within the test sample seven parts of Grading B and three parts of Grading C. 2) Resistance to Abrasion (ASTM C535): For the loss for aggregate size range 1 ½ inches to ¾-inch (Grading 3) after 200 revolutions and 1,000 revolutions do not exceed 10 percent and 35 percent, respectively. 3) Soundness (ASTM C88): Ensure weighted average loss after 5 cycles not exceed 10 percent when tested with sodium sulfate. 4) Specific Gravity (ASTM C127): Ensure bulk-specific gravity on the basis of saturated surface-dry aggregate not be less than ) Absorption (ASTM C127): Ensure absorption not exceed 3 percent. 6) Potential Reactivity (ASTM C289): Only use aggregates considered innocuous in the Work. e. For Heavyweight Concrete: XXX Density 3. Fine Aggregate a. Fine aggregate include hard, dense, durable stone or rock fragments conforming to ASTM C33, except as modified herein. b. Unless otherwise specified, conform to City of Seattle Standard Specification Section (2)C and Grading Class one. c. Ensure deleterious substances in aggregate not exceed the following limit as a percentage of weight: 1) Material passing Number 200 sieve (ASTM C117): 3 percent 2) Shale (ASTM C123, specific gravity of heavy liquid 1.95): 1 percent. 3) Clay lumps (ASTM C142): 1 percent 4) Total of other deleterious substances (such as alkali, mica, coated grains, soft flaky particles, and loam): 2 percent UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

166 5) Total of all deleterious substances: 3 percent d. Conform fine aggregate to the following requirements when tested in accordance with the specified ASTM Test Methods: 1) Soundness (ASTM C88): Ensure weighted average loss after 5 cycles not exceed 10 percent when tested with sodium sulfate. 2) Specific Gravity (ASTM C127): Ensure bulk-specific gravity on the basis of saturated surface-dry aggregate not be less than ) Organic Impurities (ASTM C40): Ensure supernatant liquid be lighter in color than the reference standard color solution 4) Fineness Modulus (ASTM C33): Ensure fineness modulus be in the range of 2.80 to Ensure the fineness modulus for the fine aggregate not vary more than ±0.20 from the fineness modulus of the fine aggregates used in the concrete mix design. 5) Potential Reactivity (ASTM C289): Only use aggregates considered innocuous in the Work. 6) For Bonding Grout: ASTM C33, washed clean sand passing a Number 30 sieve. 7) For Patching Mortar: ASTM C33, washed clean, graded fine aggregate of suitable size for areas to be repaired. Clean coarse aggregate up to Size Number 8 may be added for repair of larger pockets and voids. e. For Heavyweight Concrete: XXX Density C. Admixtures: Contractor may include accepted concrete admixtures in the mix to improve the water-cement ratio or workability of the concrete, providing the strengths specified and other desirable characteristics of the concrete can be achieved and maintained. Introduced admixtures included in the design mix in solution form. Comply with ACI 212.1R, ACI 212.2R, and ACI 212.3R as applicable. 1. Air-Entraining Admixtures a. Comply with ASTM C260. b. Provide concrete with total air content of 4.5 percent ±1.5 percent for all concrete. c. Furnish manufacturer s certification that air-entraining admixture is compatible with all other admixtures utilized. 2. Water-Reducing Admixtures: ASTM C Pozzolanic Admixtures: ASTM C Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F, with weight loss on ignition limited to 3 percent. 5. Ground Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C Chemical Admixtures, Plasticizing: ASTM C1017. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

167 2.02 MIXES 7. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing chlorides, sulfides, or nitrides are not acceptable. D. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to concrete. E. Joint Filler: Refer to Section , Concrete Accessories, for expansion joint filler material and joint sealing compound. Pre-molded joint filler, of sizes and thicknesses indicated, conforming to ASTM D994 or ASTM D1751. For structural joints and joints subject to movement, provide joint filler conforming to ASTM D1751. F. Joint Sealing Compound: Refer to Section , Concrete Accessories, for expansion joint filler material and joint sealing compound. Concrete joint sealant, conforming to ASTM D6690 or ASTM D2628. Color of joint sealant will be as selected by the Resident Engineer from manufacturer's standards. G. Commercial Patching Mortar: Latex-modified portland cement mortar may be furnished if appropriate for the use. A. Conform design of concrete mixes to the following or use Seattle DPD continuously approved mixes. B. Obtain design of concrete mixes, including recommended amounts of admixture and water used in the mixes, from a qualified independent testing laboratory or agency, or from a mill or ready-mix plant, properly equipped to design concrete mixes. Employ a laboratory, agency, mill, or ready-mix plant that meets the applicable requirements of ASTM E329. Pay the costs of obtaining the mix designs. C. Select mix proportions to conform with the applicable requirements of ACI 211.1, and ACI 229. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 318, as applicable. D. Indicate brands, types, and quantities of admixtures included in mix design. If fly ash is proposed, identify it as such and identify the percentage of cement replacement and the locations in the structures where such mixes are proposed for use. E. Include in the concrete mix design the percentage fly ash replacement of cement by weight to reduce the amount of heat generated during heat of hydration. F. If concrete is placed by pumping, design concrete mixes in accordance with the applicable requirements of ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R, and include strengths and slumps. G. Indicate location of each mix within the structure with mix designs. H. Specify both coarse and fine aggregate sources with mix designs. I. Upon receipt of acceptable mix designs from the pre-qualified testing laboratory or agency or concrete Supplier, conforming to specified requirements, submit these accepted mix designs to the Resident Engineer for review. J. Provide concrete mixes with at least the minimum cement content per cubic yard specified in Table A, regardless of the fact that the strengths specified may be obtained with lesser amounts of cement. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

168 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Sample Analyses: Perform testing of cement and analysis of aggregates. Mill tests and Supplier's certification of compliance with ASTM Specifications will be accepted in lieu of testing of cement and analysis of aggregates. Include the following tests and services: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 1. Testing of portland cement in accordance with ASTM C150 and ASTM C Analysis of aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33 and City of Seattle Standards, Section , and sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates in accordance with ASTM C Tests that special aggregates for reducing shrinkage and creep conform to the requirements herein specified. 4. Formulate concrete mix designs by the trial batch method as described in ACI 301 using the materials, admixtures, and proportions proposed for the work A. Batch, mix, and transport Portland cement concrete in conformance with the applicable requirements of ACI 301, ACI 304R, and ACI 304.5R. 1. Contractor to check the batch weight on the ticket on each truck to verify the correct mix design is being used, they should visit the batch plant twice per year to verify all scales have been certified and to verify the batch plant National Ready Mix Concrete Assoc. Certificate is current. B. Use Central-Mixed Concrete from a central batch plant, transported to the jobsite in a truck mixer, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. Keep equipment used in the manufacture of concrete clean at all times. C. Equip mixers with automatic device for recording number of revolutions of drum prior to completion of mixing operation. Also, Equip each mixer with water measuring devices including either accurately calibrated water tanks or water meters. D. Mix ready-mixed concrete for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Mix for at least 3 minutes immediately prior to discharging at the job. E. Continuously mix concrete in truck mixer until discharged. Show on the delivery tickets departure time from plant and time of adding water. F. Complete concrete placement within 90 minutes after the introduction of mixing water. The introduction of additional water into transit type mixers after leaving the plant will not be permitted WEATHER RELATED BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY A. For batching, mixing, and delivering of concrete in hot weather conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 305R. B. For batching, mixing, and delivering of concrete in cold weather conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 306. Place concrete at a minimum ambient temperature of 35 degrees F. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

169 C. If the ambient temperature is 90 degrees Fahrenheit (F) or greater, cool the forms and reinforcing below 90 degrees F. If the concrete temperature exceeds 75 degrees F, cool the mix by an appropriate method. Maintain uniform concrete temperature for succeeding batches placed. D. Do not place concrete on frozen ground FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Performed by a Contractor selected independent test laboratory: 1. Testing Services: a. Acceptance of concrete mix designs. b. Submit such records to the Resident Engineer. 2. Verify the correct batch weight on the ticket on each truck to verify the correct mix design is being used and visit the batch plant twice per year to verify all scales have been certified and to verify the batch plant Nation Ready Mix Concrete Association Certificate is current. 3. Contractor s testing lab is responsible to check delivery trucks for working water measuring devices and for mixing drum revolution counters. Trucks without either of these devices in working order shall be warned, and then rejected if they appear on the site after the first warning. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

170 TABLE A: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE MIXES FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE Class CDF A CDF B 28 Day Compressive Strength (psi) Lean Concrete Controlled Density Fill (CDF) Controlled Density Fill (CDF) Maximum Aggregate Size Minimum Cement Content (94-Pound Sacks per cubic yard) 145 to 200 pounds/cy 94 pounds of Cement/CY 30 pounds of Cement/CY Maximum Water/ Cement Ratio (W/C) Use 2 Backfill for removed piles Access Pit Backfill and Pipe Bedding Trench Backfill 3000A /8-inch 517 lb/cy Pipe Plugs 3000B /4-inch 470 lb/cy 4000A /8-inch 611 lb/cy 4000B /4-inch 564 lb/cy All structural Elements High Denisty /2-inch XXX XXX Floating Slab Remarks See City of Seattle Standard Specification See City of Seattle Standard Specification See Contract Drawings END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 10

171 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONCRETE FORMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for designing, furnishing materials, fabricating, erecting, and removing formwork for cast-in-place concrete REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete b. ACI 347R Recommended Practice Guide to Formwork for Concrete Formwork 2. American Plywood Association (APA): a. PS 1 U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM D4397 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications 4. Federal Specifications (FED): 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION a. FED TT-S-1543B Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base (For Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures) A. Formwork Design Criteria 1. Design Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, design, construct, erect, maintain, and remove forms and related structures for concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347R. 2. Formwork Surface Materials: Use material and workmanship that produce finished surfaces within the allowable tolerances specified and conform to the following: a. Concrete Exposed to View: smooth and uniform concrete surfaces. b. Concrete Concealed from View: surfaces free of fins and honeycomb. 3. Special Sections: Provide openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustication strips, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, embedded items, and other features. Select materials and provide workmanship to achieve finishes indicated. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

172 1.04 SUBMITTALS 4. Removal Features: Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, and damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. 5. Formwork Tolerances: a. Variation from plumb: 1) In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in arises: a) In any 10-foot length: 1/4 inch b) Maximum for entire length: 1 inch b. Variation from the level or the grades indicated: 1) In slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffits, and in arises, measured before removal of supporting shores: a) In any ten-foot length: 1/4 inch b) In any bay or in any 20-foot length: 3/8 inch c) Maximum for entire length: 3/4 inch c. Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in the thickness of slabs and walls: negative 1/4 inch; positive 1/2-inch A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures B. Product Data C. Shop Drawings indicating the following: 1. Forming system and method of erection with associated details. 2. Falsework and shoring accompanied by design calculations 3. Locations of construction joints in plan and elevation views indicating the sequence of the concrete placement. 4. Locations and sizes of conduits, openings, recesses, pipes, ducts, and other attached products. 5. Beam intersections and other conditions where concrete casting by vertical drop may be restricted. 6. Method and schedule for removing forms and shoring. 7. Method for detecting formwork movement during concrete placement. D. Samples: Submit form material, 12 inches by 12 inches or larger in size, for formed concrete which will be exposed in the finished work to the public view DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage: Store form panels to prevent warpage. Protect panels from damage and contamination that could affect concrete. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

173 1. Store forms as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not stack higher than recommended by the manufacturer. B. Handling: Lift form panels by means that protect panels from damage and distortion. C. Re-Use of Forms 1. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Do not use split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form facing material. Remove such material from the site. Renew form release coating as specified for new formwork. 2. Align and secure joints to preclude offsets. Patch holes and defects in forms so they are not reflected in the concrete PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Allow sufficient time between erection of forms and placing of concrete for the various trades to properly install concrete reinforcement, embedded items, sleeves, and blockouts. B. Do not apply lateral or vertical superimposed loads to structure until concrete has developed specified 28-day compressive strength. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 1. Boards: Use dressed side of lumber for surface in contact with the concrete, and use dressed or tongue-and-groove edges. 2. Framing Lumber: Structural grade, dressed or rough. B. Plywood: 1. B-B Plyform: Class I, EXT-APA, sanded, APA trade marked and conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS B-C Plyform: Class I, EXT-APA, APA trade marked and conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS High Density Overlay (HDO) Plyform: A-A, 60-60, Class I, EXT-APA, APA trade marked and conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS Thickness: As required to maintain surface smoothness without deflection, but not thinner than 5/8 inch. C. Steel Forms: Proprietary, patented, or fabricated steel forms, using standard or commercial quality, uncoated steel sheet or plate, 3/16-inch minimum thickness, for panel facings. Include panel framing, reinforcement, and erection accessories. D. Waffle Slab Forms: Steel or reinforced plastic dome forms for two-way joist construction, smooth surface, of sizes indicated. E. Leakage Control Materials: Capable of producing flush, watertight and nonabsorbent surfaces and joints, and compatible with forming material and concrete ingredients. Seal form edges with gasketing material or sealant placed in the joint in such a way that neither a fin nor groove is made in the face of the cast concrete. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

174 1. Calking Compound: Silicone or polyurethane construction sealant conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-1543B, as applicable. 2. Tapes: Form film tape of polypropylene plastic treated with waterproof adhesive, for joint conditions not exposed to public view. F. Form Release Agent: Commercial formulation, silicone-free form-release agent, designed for use on all types of forms, which will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and which will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion nor impede wetting of surfaces which will be cured with water, steam, or curing compounds. G. Plugged Cone Form Ties: Rod type, with ends or end fasteners which can be removed without spalling the concrete and which leave a hole equal in depth to the required reinforcement clearance. Use form ties of a design in which the hole left by the removed end or end fastener is easily filled to match the surface of the hardened concrete. Provide removable cones 1-1/4 inches in diameter by 1-1/2 inches deep. Provide preformed mortar plugs to match the color of the concrete, recessed 1/4 inch, adhered with an approved epoxy adhesive. H. Inserts: Cast stainless steel or welded stainless steel, Type 316 or better, complete with anchors to concrete and fittings such as bolts, wedges, and straps. Provide hanger inserts spaced to match grid of suspended ceiling. I. Dovetail Anchor Slots: 22-gage galvanized steel dovetail anchor slots, for anchoring of masonry veneer with dovetail anchors provided under Division 4, Masonry. J. Chamfer Strips: 3/4-inch by 3/4-inch triangular fillets milled from clear, straight-grain pine, surfaced each side, or extruded vinyl type with or without nailing flange. K. Miscellaneous Joint Strips: Preformed strips for reveals, rustications, and similar joints fabricated of wood, metal or plastic. L. Polyethylene Sheeting Blockout Wrapping: Use single ply 6-millimeters polyethylene sheeting conforming to ASTM D4397. Provide a fully compatible tape that has equal or better water vapor control characteristics than sheeting material FABRICATION A. Formwork: B. Joints: 1. In accordance with reviewed and accepted shop drawings. Maintain forms clean, smooth, and free from imperfections and distortion. 1. Arrange form panels in symmetrical patterns conforming to general lines of the structure. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, orient panels on vertical surfaces with long dimension horizontal, and make horizontal joints level and continuous. 3. Align form panels on each side of the panel joint with fasteners common to both panels, and in a manner that will result in a continuous, unbroken concrete plane surface. 4. Use largest stock size practicable. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

175 C. Steel Forms: Use material that is clean, smooth, and free from warps, bends, kinks, rust, cracks, and matter which could stain concrete. Fabricate panels in accordance with accepted shop drawings. Reinforce panel surfaces in a manner that will prevent bow and deflection during concrete placement. Ensure deflection between form supports not exceed 1/240 of the span length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Falsework 1. Support falsework for forms and concrete on sills resting on foundation of sufficient strength to carry the loads without appreciable settlement. 2. Provide sufficient camber in the falsework and forms of each span to allow for the tightening of joints in the forms and supporting falsework. 3. For construction requiring falsework, do not release or remove falsework sooner than 21 days after last concrete has been placed or member has attained 90 percent of design compressive strength. B. Formwork: 1. Layout: a. Locate and stake out all forms and establish all lines, levels, and elevations, and be responsible for their accuracy. 2. Construct formwork in accordance with the accepted shop drawings, and in a manner that will produce finished concrete surfaces conforming to indicated design and within specified tolerances. 3. Make joints and seams mortar-tight. Install leakage control materials in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, and in a manner that will maintain a smooth continuity of plane between abutting form panels and will resist displacement by concreting operations. 4. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, and recesses in a manner that will prevent swelling and ensure ease of removal. 5. Maintain forms clean and free from indentations and warpage. 6. Brace temporary closures to prevent warpage or displacement and set tightly against forms in a manner that will prevent loss of concrete mortar. 7. Support joints with extra studs or girts, and in a manner to create true, square intersections. 8. Assemble forms to facilitate their removal without damage to the concrete. 9. Construct molding shapes, recesses, and projections with smooth finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints. 10. Provide camber in formwork as required compensating for deflections caused by weight and pressures of fresh concrete and construction loads. 11. Provide construction openings in forms where required for concrete pour pockets, vibrator access holes, and inspection openings to aid in proper placement and UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

176 consolidation of concrete, and close up openings during placement of concrete as applicable. 12. Provide inspection and cleanout openings in forms at bottom of walls and columns and elsewhere as required. Do not close cleanouts until inspected and accepted just before placing concrete. 13. Drill air escape holes in bottom members of blockouts. C. Edge Forms and Screeds for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screeds for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Support screeds substantially without penetrating waterproof membranes and vapor barriers. D. Corner Treatment: Form chamfers with 3/4 inch on each leg, unless otherwise indicated, and accurately shape and surface in a manner that will produce uniformly straight lines and edge joints and which will prevent mortar runs. Extend terminal edges to limits, and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. E. Construction Joints: 1. Locate joints as indicated and as approved by the Resident Engineer. Support forms for joints in concrete so as to rigidly maintain their positions during placement, vibration, and curing of concrete. Install keys in all joints. 2. Locate and install construction joints, for which locations are not indicated, so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure. 3. Position joints perpendicular to longitudinal axis of pier, beam, or slab as the case may be. 4. Locate joints in walls, vertically as indicated; at top of footing; at top of slabs on grade; at bottom of door openings; and at underside of the deepest beam or girder framing into wall; or as required to conform to indicated details. 5. Provide keyways as indicated in construction joints in walls and slabs, and between walls and footings unless otherwise indicated. Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints. F. Load Supports: Carry loads for construction of roof slab and suspended floor slabs down to the base slab. Do not use intermediate slabs to carry these loads at any time. Do not use interior walls to carry formwork loads. G. Embedded Items and Openings in Concrete 1. Install conduit, pipe sleeves, appliance boxes, frames for items recessed in walls, door frames, drains, metal ties, inserts, nailing strips, blocking, grounds, and other fastening devices required for anchorage or attachment of other Work. Secure products in position, located accurately and oriented as indicated before beginning concrete placement. 2. Provide openings in concrete for passage of ducts, and provide clearances therefor as indicated on accepted shop drawings. H. Form Release Agent 1. Coat form contact surfaces with approved form release material before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form release agent material to UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

177 accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces that are required to be bonded to fresh concrete such as concrete reinforcement and embedded items. Apply form release agent in compliance with manufacturer's application instructions. 2. Coat steel forms with nonstaining, rust-preventive form release agent or otherwise protect against rusting. Do not use rust-stained steel surfaces for forms in contact with concrete. 3. Apply release agent to bolts and rods that are to be removed or that are to be free to move. I. Removal of Forms 1. Remove forms by methods that will not injure, mar, gouge or chip concrete surfaces, overstress concrete members, or distort formwork. Use air pressure or other approved methods. Do not pry against concrete. Cut off nails flush. Leave surfaces clean and unblemished. 2. Maintain formwork in place for the following structural conditions until the concrete has attained the minimum percentage of specified design compressive strength or for the period of time specified in the following table, whichever is greater. Structural Member or Condition Minimum Time Period Before Form Removal (Days) Over 20 feet between supports Floor slabs Free standing walls 70 Sides of beams,footing, slabs on grade, and vertical surfaces 2 30 Minimum Compressive Strength for Form Removal (Percent of Design Strength) 3. For construction requiring falsework, do not release or remove falsework sooner than 21 days after last concrete has been placed or member has attained 90 percent of design compressive strength. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FORMING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

178 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

179 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for furnishing and installing joint fillers and sealing compounds for expansion joints, isolation joints, control joints, and contraction joints in concrete as indicated. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Concrete Forming. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents SUBMITTALS 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 504R Guide to Joint Sealants for Concrete Structures 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM D994 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) b. ASTM D6690 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Applied Elastic Type c. ASTM D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) d. ASTM D1190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Applied Elastic Type e. ASTM D2628 Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements f. ASTM D3405 Joint Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete, and Asphalt Pavements A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Single-line diagram showing locations of all joints to be filled and sealed. C. Product Data: Manufacturers' product data for products used. D. Samples: 12-inch long sample of joint filler and one pint or quart can of sealing compound for review when requested by the Resident Engineer. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE ACCESSORIES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

180 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Joint Filler: Premolded, of sizes and thicknesses indicated, conforming to ASTM D994 or ASTM D1751. For structural joints and joints subject to movement, provide joint filler conforming to ASTM D1751. B. Joint Sealing Compound: Concrete joint sealant, conforming to ASTM 6690, ASTM D2628 or ASTM D3405. For sealing of expansion (isolation) and contraction (control) joints in slabs and at junctions of slabs and vertical surfaces. Color of joint sealant will be as selected by the Resident Engineer from manufacturer's standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that a minimum of 28 days has elapsed since date concrete was placed, and that joint surfaces are dry. B. Verify also that ambient and concrete-surface temperatures and humidity are within the ranges recommended by the manufacturer for successful sealant application PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean joints free of dirt, debris, and laitance. B. Prime joint surfaces, where required, as recommended by the manufacturer of the joint sealing compound. C. Mix multicomponent sealing compound as recommended by the manufacturer INSTALLATION A. Installation/Application Requirements: Install joint fillers and sealing compounds in accordance with the respective manufacturers' installation and application instructions and the applicable requirements of ACI 504R. Comply also with ASTM D1190 for application of sealants, as applicable. Coordinate the placement of joint fillers and secure them in position with the work of Section , Concrete Forming. B. Expansion (Isolation) Joints: 1. Provide premolded joint filler to full depth of slabs, less 1/2 inch. Install joint filler with top edge 1/2 inch below the surface, and tool adjacent concrete edges to a 3/8-inch radius. Use steel pins to hold material in place during placing and floating of concrete. Finish joints to be tight and leakproof. 2. After a minimum of 28 days after slabs have been placed and finished, fill expansion joints with joint sealing compound to 1/8 inch below surface of slabs. Do not permit traffic to travel over sealed joints until sealing compound has properly cured. C. Contraction (Control) Joints: Fill saw-cut contraction joints and weakened plane joints with joint sealing compound in areas and locations indicated. Fill joints flush to within 1/16 inch of the slab surface. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE ACCESSORIES LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

181 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for furnishing, detailing, fabricating, and placing steel reinforcing for concrete structures REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings b. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement c. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Structural Concrete 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM A82 Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement b. ASTM A184 Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement c. ASTM A185 Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products d. ASTM A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products. e. ASTM A496 Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement f. ASTM A497 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement g. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement h. ASTM A704 Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement i. ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement j. ASTM A767 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement k. ASTM A775 Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

182 1.03 SUBMITTALS l. ASTM A884 Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement m. ASTM D3963 Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing n. ASTM E165 Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. ANSI/AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): a. Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 7 and 8. b. CRSI Publication, "Placing Reinforcing Bars" A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit for review bar lists, bending diagrams and schedules, and placement plans and details for all reinforcing steel. Include weights on bar lists. 2. Indicate descriptions, details, dimensions, arrangements and assemblies, and locations of reinforcing steel. Include number of pieces, sizes, and markings of reinforcing steel, laps and splices, supporting devices and accessories, and other information required for fabrication and placement. Indicate adjustments required. 3. Check Contract Drawings for anchor bolt schedules and locations, anchors, hangers, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and other items to be cast in concrete for possible interference with reinforcing steel. Indicate required clearances on shop drawings. 4. Detail reinforcing steel in accordance with requirements of ACI 315. Indicate individual weight of each bar, total weight of each bar size, and total weight of all bars on the list. Base calculated weights upon nominal weights specified in ASTM A615 or ASTM A706, as applicable, and ACI 318. C. Product Data: 1. Submit for review manufacturers' product data and installation instructions for proprietary manufactured materials and reinforcement accessories. 2. Submit manufacturers' product data and installation instructions for proprietary exothermic metal splicing systems and proprietary mechanical coupler splicing systems when such splicing methods are permitted. D. Samples: 1. When galvanized or epoxy-coated reinforcing bars are indicated for use, furnish two 12-inch long samples of the rebar from each size and lot shipped to the jobsite. 2. Verify samples are representative of the materials furnished. These samples, as well as additional random samples taken by the Resident Engineer, may be tested for specification compliance. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

183 3. Failure of any sample to meet specification requirements will be cause for rejection of that lot. E. Certificates: 1. For each lot or load of reinforcing steel delivered to the jobsite, furnish mill affidavits or test reports of compliance or similar certification, certifying the grades and physical and chemical properties of the reinforcing steel and conformance with applicable ASTM Specifications, including ASTM A370, Method A9. 2. For galvanized and epoxy-coated reinforcing bars, furnish certificates of compliance with ASTM A767 for galvanized bars and with ASTM A775 and D3963 for epoxycoated bars. 3. For welders, furnish welding certificates or affidavits attesting to the welders' qualifications to perform the indicated welding. 4. For exothermic sleeve coupler splicing, furnish certificates or affidavits attesting to the crew's special qualifications to perform the splicing DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcing bars to the fabricator in bundles, limited to one size and length of bar, securely tied and identified with plastic tags in an exposed position indicating the mill, the melt or heat number, and the grade and size of bars. B. Deliver steel reinforcement to the jobsite, store and cover to protect from damage from moisture, dirt, grease, oil, or other cause that might impair bond with concrete. C. Deliver steel reinforcement to the jobsite properly tagged and identified, in accordance with approved shop drawings. D. Handle and store galvanized and epoxy-coated reinforcement in a manner that will prevent damage to the coatings. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, comply with the requirements of ASTM D3963. E. Maintain identification of steel reinforcement after bundles are broken. F. Provide special facilities for the storage and handling of exothermic materials as recommended by the splicing system manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A706 where indicated, ACI 318, unless otherwise indicated. Welded Bars: conform to ASTM A706. B. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A706, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A767, Class I coating. Cut and bend bars cold before galvanizing. C. Epoxy-coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A706, epoxy-coated in accordance with ASTM A775 and ASTM D3963. Coating material: ASTM A775 and ASTM D3963, Annex A1, green in color. Furnish acceptance test reports for each lot of epoxycoated bars delivered to the site. D. Wire and Spiral Reinforcement: ASTM A82. E. Welded Steel Wire Fabric - Plain Wire: ASTM A185, wire sizes and spacings as indicated. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

184 F. Welded Steel Wire Fabric - Deformed Wire: ASTM A497, wire sizes and spacings as indicated. G. Welded Steel Wire Fabric - Epoxy-Coated: ASTM A884, wire sizes and spacings as indicated. H. Steel Bar Mats - Plain Bars: ASTM A704, using ASTM A615, Grade 60, plain bars or rods, sizes and spacings of members as indicated, welded at intersections. I. Steel Bar Mats - Deformed Bars: ASTM A184, using ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A706 deformed bars, sizes and spacings of members as indicated, welded or clipped at intersections. J. Accessories: Provide reinforcement accessories, including bar supports, spacers, hangers, chairs, ties, and similar items as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting reinforcement in place. Conform with CRSI referenced standards and the following requirements: 1. For footings, grade beams, and slabs on grade, provide supports with precast concrete equal to the required strength of concrete, or mortar bases or plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms or are in close proximity to finish surfaces, provide supports with legs which are galvanized, plastic-protected, or stainless steel. 3. For galvanized reinforcement, provide all galvanized accessories. 4. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, provide accessories that are nylon-, epoxy, or plastic-coated. K. Tie Wire: No. 16 gage or heavier, black or galvanized, soft or commercial grade steel tie wire. 1. For galvanized reinforcement, provide zinc-coated wire. 2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, provide nylon-, epoxy-, or plastic-coated wire. 3. Where tie wire is in close proximity to finish surfaces of exposed-to-view concrete, provide soft stainless steel wire. L. Welding Electrodes 1. Reinforcing to reinforcing: E90XX low hydrogen 2. Reinforcing to carbon steel: E70XX low hydrogen M. Exothermic Metal-Filled Sleeve Coupler: 1. System Description: Bar splicing connection is produced by a standard exothermic process whereby molten filler metal, contained by a high-strength steel sleeve of larger inside diameter than adjoining bars, is introduced into the annular space between the bars and the sleeve as well as between the ends of the bars. Produce complete fusion of splicing system with 100 percent penetration of the joint. 2. Splice Strength in Tension: 125 percent of the yield strength of connected reinforcing bars. N. Mechanical Splice: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

185 1. Capable of being installed in clear space indicated. 2. Capacity: 125 percent of the yield of spliced reinforcing bars. O. Mechanical Anchor: 2.02 FABRICATION 1. Capable of being installed in clear space indicated. 2. Capacity: 125 percent of the yield of anchored reinforcing bar. A. General: As indicated on the Contract Drawings and approved shop drawings. Where specific details are not indicated, comply with the applicable requirements of ACI 301, ACI 318, and CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 7. B. Cutting and Bending: Perform cutting and bending at a central location, equipped and suitable for the purpose. Accurately cut and cold bend bars as indicated on the shop drawings. Cold bend bars. Do not heat of bars for bending or straightening. Do not bend or straighten bars in a manner that will injure the material. Label all bars in accordance with bending diagrams and schedules, and secure like pieces in bundles when appropriate. C. Welding: 1. For welding of reinforcement, where indicated and approved, including preparation of bars, conform to the applicable requirements of AWS D Welders: Prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.4, Chapter Clean bars of oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign matter and flame-dry before welding. Preheat bars before welding in accordance with AWS D1.4, Chapter 5. Stagger splices in adjacent bars a minimum of 48 inches. D. Repair of Damaged Coatings: For bars with galvanized reinforcement, cut and bent cold before galvanizing. Repair galvanized and epoxy coatings damaged by shipping, handling, or cutting and bending as specified in ACI 301, and ASTM A767, ASTM A775, ASTM A884, and ASTM D3963, respectively IDENTIFICATION A. Bundle reinforcing steel and tag with grades and sizes, heat numbers, and suitable identification marks for checking, sorting, and placing. Verify sizes and mark numbers corresponding to placing shop drawings and schedules. Use waterproof tags and markings that can not be removed until steel reinforcement is placed in position SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tolerances: 1. Fabricate bars to meet the following tolerances: a. Sheared length: plus or minus 1 inch. b. Depth of truss bars: plus 0, minus 1/2 inch. c. Overall dimensions of stirrups, ties and spirals: plus or minus 1/2 inch. d. All other bends: plus or minus 1 inch. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

186 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION e. Fabrication tolerances not indicated on the Contract Drawings or specified above, comply with the applicable requirements of ACI 301, and CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter Placement: Place bars to the following tolerances: a. Clear distance to formed surfaces: plus or minus 1/4 inch. b. Minimum spacing between bars: minus 1/4 inch. c. Top bars in slabs and beams: 1) Member 8 inches deep or less: plus or minus 1/4 inch. 2) Member greater than 8 inches, but less than 2 feet deep: plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3) Members 2 feet or more deep: plus or minus 1 inch. d. Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within 2 inches. e. Lengthwise of members: plus or minus 2 inches. f. For placement tolerances not indicated on the Contract Drawings or specified above, comply with the applicable requirements of ACI 301, ACI 318, or CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter Adjustment: Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items. Do not decrease the minimum spacings and place the required number of bars. Properly replace and secure all bars moved to permit access for cleanup operations before the start of concrete placement. A. Prepare surfaces, over or against which concrete is to be placed, clean and in proper condition for placing reinforcement. B. Secure concrete embedded items, sleeves, and block-outs securely in place as required INSTALLATION A. General: Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the Contract Drawings, reviewed shop drawings, and the applicable requirements of ACI 301, ACI 318, CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 8, and CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Install reinforcement accurately and secure against movement or buckling, particularly under its own weight, the weight of workers and the placement of concrete. B. Reinforcing Supports: Support bars on metal chairs spacers, and hangers, accurately placed and securely fastened to steel reinforcement in place. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in the form surface. Accurately space and wire hoops and stirrups to the reinforcing. C. Placing and Tying: Install reinforcing steel in place, spaced, and rigidly and securely tied or wired with tie wire at all splices and at crossing points and intersections in the positions indicated. Do not Rebend bars on the job to fit existing conditions unless approved by the Resident Engineer. Point ends of wire ties away from forms. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

187 D. Spacing: Place bars such that center-to-center distance between parallel bars is in accordance with the Contract Drawings or shop drawings. Where not indicated, place bars such that the minimum clear spacing is two times the bar diameter but not less than 1-1/2 inches nor less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size aggregate. E. Longitudinal Location of Bends and Ends of Bar: A maximum of plus or minus three inches from the indicated location will be permitted, provided that specified protective concrete cover at ends of members is not reduced by more than 1/2 inch. F. Splices: 1. Lap Splices: Wherever possible, stagger splices of alternate bars a minimum clear offset of 4 feet between splices. Tie splices with tie wire full length of lap. 2. Exothermic Metal-Filled Coupler Splices: Conform with the product manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and to the applicable requirements of AWS D1.4 for exothermic welding. 3. Mechanical Splices: Perform installation of coupler and tightening of joint assembly in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. G. Mechanical Anchorages: Perform installation of anchorages and tightening of assembly in accordance with the manufacturer s published instructions. H. Dowels: Provide dowels where indicated or required for connecting construction and for maintaining structural and reinforcement continuity. Tie dowels securely in place before concrete is deposited. Provide additional bars for proper support and anchorage where required. Do not bend dowels after embedment. I. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Install wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable, wire-tie at all laps and splices. Offset end laps in adjacent widths. Lap welded wire fabric not less than 1-1/2 times the spacing of wires in the direction of lap nor less than 6 inches. 2. Secure welded wire fabric in position with suitable supports, accessories, and tie wire as indicated and required to brace against movement from workers and placement of concrete. Where indicated or required, lift fabric as concrete is placed to achieve proper embedment at position indicated. J. Anchor Rods: 1. Tie embedded anchor rods securely in place before concrete is deposited. Provide additional means for proper support where required. 2. For post-installed anchor rods, core into concrete curbs or parapets where indicated or required as shown on the Contract Drawings. Core holes to the diameter and length shown on the Contract Drawings. Do not core hole diameter greater than 1/4 inch greater than the rod diameter when neat epoxy grout is used. K. PROTECTIVE CONCRETE COVER 1. Except where indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings, use a minimum concrete coverage for steel reinforcement as specified in ACI 301, ACI 318, or CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 8. If there is a conflict between the standards specified, the thicker concrete coverage governs the work. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

188 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section , Quality Control, perform quality control inspections and tests including the following: 1. Placement of reinforcing steel, including bar supports, tied laps and intersections, welded wire fabric, and bar mats. 2. Welded rebar splices and joints. 3. Exothermic/coupler rebar splices. 4. Mechanical splices and anchorages. B. Specific requirements for inspections and tests include the following: 1. Placement: Visual inspections of reinforcing steel placement will be by the Resident Engineer. The Resident Engineer will observe reinforcing steel placement for conformance to the approved plans prior to the delivery of concrete to the jobsite and will keep records of all reinforcing steel placed. Such records will be retained by the Resident Engineer. 2. Welds: a. The Resident Engineer will visually inspect reinforcing bar welds. b. Perform Tension tests of welded splices on sample welds. c. Nondestructive tests of installed welded butt joints may be performed by the Resident Engineer in accordance with ASTM E165. d. Perform inspections and tests in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWS D1.4, Chapters 6 and Exothermic/Coupler Splices: a. Perform continuous visual inspection for the first eight hours, minimum, of the work as performed by any crew, and again by any replacement crew. Verify the Resident Engineer has visually inspected all splices before placing concrete. b. Visual inspection will be performed in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for such inspection. c. Inspections will measure and record all voids. Exothermic rebar splices will be accepted, provided measured "void limits," per end, do not exceed manufacturer's specified "void limits." d. Splices indicating improper fill, slag at tap hole, or blowouts will be rejected. 4. Mechanical Splices: a. Test 100 percent of installed splices. b. Remove and replace failed splices 5. Mechanical Anchorages a. Test 100 percent of installed anchorages. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

189 b. Remove and replace failed anchorages. C. For exothermic/coupler splices, provide qualification splices for each position as follows: 1. One sample splice for the first 25 splices; thereafter, one sample splice for every 50 splices. D. Laboratory test sample splices for strength in tension (125 percent of the yield strength of connecting bars) CLEANING A. Clean reinforcement, so it free of corrosion and coatings which may impair bond with concrete, such as form oil, mill scale, mud, concrete, or loose deposits of rust and other corrosion immediately prior to depositing concrete. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE REINFORCING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

190 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

191 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for conveying and placing cast-in-place concrete as indicated. B. Portland cement concrete and its delivery are specified in Section , Portland Cement Concrete. C. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Portland Cement Concrete. 2. Section , Concrete Forming. 3. Section , Concrete Accessories. 4. Section , Concrete Reinforcing. 5. Section , Concrete Finishing. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO): a. AASHTO M American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 116R Cement and Concrete Terminology b. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials c. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete d. ACI 302.1R Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction e. ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete f. ACI 304.2R Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods g. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting h. ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting i. ACI Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting j. ACI 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

192 1.03 DEFINITIONS: k. ACI 318 l. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete m. ACI Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive n. ACI Standard Specification for Repairing Concrete with Epoxy Mortars 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field b. ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens c. ASTM C42 Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete d. ASTM C94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete e. ASTM C143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete f. ASTM C144 g. ASTM C171 Specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete h. ASTM C172 Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete i. ASTM C231 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method j. ASTM C309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete k. ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete l. ASTM C1064 Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. m. ASTM C Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT): a. Standard Specifications for Road Bridge and Municipal Construction A. The words and terms used in these Specifications conform to the definitions given in ACI 116R SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for epoxy adhesive. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

193 C. Placement Records: Report the location in the finished work of each concrete class, and the start and completion times of placement of each batch of concrete placed. D. Provide a quality assurance program to assure that the concrete is properly cured and meets the overall requirements of these specifications. E. Qualifications of proposed Testing Agency. F. Concrete truck batch tickets in compliance with ASTM C94. Submit within three days of concrete delivery. G. Testing Agency test reports. Submit slump, air, and content results within three days of concrete delivery. Submit compressive strength test results within three days of testing DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Utilize central-mixed concrete from a central batch plant, transported to the jobsite in a truck mixer, in accordance with the requirements specified in Section , Portland Cement Concrete. B. Transport concrete to the jobsite to assure efficient delivery of concrete to the point of placement without adversely altering specified properties with regard to water-cement ratio, slump, air entrainment, and homogeneity PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Hot Weather Concreting: 1. Calculate surface evaporation rates as described in ACI 305R 2. Protect the concrete from excess evaporation when the surface evaporation rate exceeds 0.1 pound per square foot per hour by following recommendations of ACI 305R. 3. Do not place concrete when the surface evaporation rate exceeds 0.2 pound per square foot per hour. 4. Do not place concrete when the ambient air temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. B. Cold Weather Concreting: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 1. Determine cold weather periods as described in ACI Deliver and place concrete in cold weather in conformance with ACI 306R and ACI A. Portland Cement Concrete: Section , Portland Cement Concrete. B. Designing, furnishing materials, fabricating, erecting and removing formwork for cast-in-place concrete are specified in Section , Concrete Forming. C. Joint Fillers and Sealers: Section , Concrete Accessories. D. Concrete Reinforcement: Section , Concrete Reinforcing. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

194 2.02 MIXES E. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type II for non-load-bearing concrete and Type V for loadbearing concrete, Grade and Class as determined by project conditions and requirements. F. Portland Cement Grout: Provide a Portland cement grout that consists of a mixture of one part cement to one part fine aggregate conforming to ASTM C144, with sufficient water to make a heavy cream consistency. G. Curing Materials: 1. Damp Curing Materials: a. Waterproof Sheet Materials: ASTM C171, waterproof paper with white paper face, polyethylene film pigmented white, or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting. b. Burlap: AASHTO M182, of class or weight suitable for the use and location. Do not use burlap where concrete is exposed to direct sunlight. 2. Curing Compound: a. ASTM C309, liquid membrane-forming curing compound, Type 1 for concrete not exposed to sunlight, and Type 1-D with white fugitive dye for concrete exposed to sunlight, Class A or B as appropriate for the use or location H. Should the Contractor provide for equipment that requires license fees from the equipment supplier, execute a legal agreement with the equipment supplier where applicable. A. Mix Designs: Section , Portland Cement Concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect forms, earth bearing surfaces, reinforcement, and embedded items before placing concrete PREPARATION A. Notification: 1. Notify the Resident Engineer at least 24 hours prior to actual placement, and not later than 3 pm on the day prior to placement. 2. When schedules require concrete placement at times other than normal working hours, notify the Resident Engineer at least 48 hours prior to actual placement. B. For all placements, verify the following: 1. Formwork installation complies with Section , Concrete Forming. 2. Reinforcing placement complies with Section Concrete Reinforcing, and approved placing drawings. 3. Embedded items are located correctly and secured to resist movement. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

195 C. For placement of slabs on grade, verify the subgrade is well drained; free of frost and ice; and moist with no muddy spots, soft spots, or ruts. D. Obtain acceptance of preparation from the Resident Engineer prior to placement. E. Do not place concrete until conditions and facilities for the storage, handling, and transportation of concrete test specimens are in compliance with the requirements of ASTM C31 and Section , Portland Cement Concrete. F. Weather Considerations 3.03 INSTALLATION 1. Wet Weather: Provide adequate protection for concrete placement, finishing, and curing while rain, sleet, or snow is falling. 2. Hot Weather: Conform to the recommendations of ACI 305R with the following exceptions: a. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is greater than 90 degrees F. b. Do not place concrete when the surface evaporation rate exceeds 0.2 pound per square foot per hour. 3. Cold Weather: Conform to the requirements of ACI 306.1, except do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is less than 35 degrees F. A. Falsework and Forms 1. Refer to Section , Concrete Forming B. Conveying and Placing 1. Placement Standards: Convey and place concrete in conformance with the applicable requirements of ACI 301, ACI 302.1R, ACI 304R, and ACI Handling and Depositing: a. Use concrete placing equipment with sufficient capacity to provide a placement rate which will preclude cold joints and which will deposit the concrete without segregation or loss of ingredients. b. Once started, carry out concrete placement as a continuous operation until the section of approved size and shape is completed. c. Handle concrete as rapidly as practicable from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods that prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. Deposit concrete, as nearly as practicable, in its final horizontal position to avoid rehandling or flowing. d. Do not drop concrete freely where reinforcing will cause segregation Do not drop freely more than 5 feet. Deposit concrete to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizontal. e. In placing walls, columns, or thin sections of heights greater than 10 feet, on refer to accepted shop drawings for require concrete placement rate, lift thickness, and time intervals between lifts. Use openings in the form, elephant trunk tremies, or other approved devices to permit the concrete to UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

196 be placed without segregation or accumulation of hardened concrete on the forms or metal reinforcement above the level of the fresh concrete. Install such devices so the concrete will be dropped vertically. f. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete, during the work. Complete placing of concrete within 90 minutes after the first introduction of water into the mix. 3. Pumping: a. Concrete may be placed by pumping if the maximum slump can be maintained. b. When placing concrete by pumping methods, conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R. c. Use equipment for pumping of such size and design to supply a continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without separation of materials. Do not allow concrete to free fall more than 5 feet from the end of hose. Support pump hoses on sawhorses or similar devices so that reinforcement or posttensioning is not moved from its original position. d. Design the concrete mix to the same requirements as specified in Section , Portland Cement Concrete, and may be richer in lubricating components in order to permit proper pumping. 4. Vibrate concrete to avoid honeycombing and voids, especially at construction joints, expansion joints and valleys, and ends of form sheets. Do not use calcium chloride or other admixture containing chloride salts in the concrete. C. CONSOLIDATION 1. Thoroughly consolidate and compact concrete by mechanical vibration during placement in accordance with the requirements of ACI 309R. 2. Conduct vibration in a systematic manner by competent, skilled, and experienced workers, with regularly maintained vibrators, and with sufficient back-up units at the jobsite. Use the largest and most powerful vibrator that can be effectively operated in the given work, with a minimum frequency of 8,000 vibrations or impulses per minute, and of sufficient amplitude to effectively consolidate and compact the concrete. 3. Insert and withdraw the vibrator vertically at uniform spacing over the entire area of the placement. Space the distance between insertions such that "spheres of influence" of each insertion overlap. 4. When concrete is placed in horizontal lifts, insert the vibrator rapidly to the bottom of the layer, and at least 6 inches into the underlying layer, hold it there stationary for several seconds, and then withdraw it slowly, at the rate of about 3 inches per second. Conduct vibration so as to produce concrete that is of uniform texture and appearance, free of honeycombing, air and rock pockets, streaking, cold joints, and visible lift lines. 5. On vertical surfaces and on all architectural concrete where an as-cast finish is required, use additional vibration and spading as required to bring a full surface of mortar against the forms, so as to eliminate objectionable air voids, bug holes, and other surface defects. Include the following additional procedures for vibrating concrete: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

197 a. Reduce the distance between internal vibration insertions and increase the time for each insertion. b. Insert the vibrator as close to the face of the form as possible, without contacting the form. c. Use spading as a supplement to vibration at form surfaces. D. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 1. Prepare and construct construction joints and install waterstops in accordance with the applicable requirements of ACI 301and ACI 304R, as specified in Section , Concrete Forming, and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Make construction joints straight and as inconspicuous as possible, and in exact vertical and horizontal alignment with the structure, as the case may be. 3. Thoroughly clean the surface of the concrete at construction joints and remove laitance prior to placing adjoining concrete. As an allowance for shrinkage, do not place concrete against the hardened side of a construction joint for at least 12 hours. 4. Provide continuous reinforcement across construction joints. 5. Place waterstops in construction joints where indicated. 6. Where bonding of the joint is required, use epoxy adhesive hereinbefore specified and apply in accordance with ACI Locate joints not indicated so as not to impair the strength of the structure. 8. Retightened forms and dampen concrete surfaces before continuing to placd concrete. E. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS 1. Refer to Section , Concrete Forming, for slab screeds and for formwork where construction or expansion joints are indicated as architectural features, such as reveals or rustications. 2. Refer to Section , Concrete Accessories, for expansion joint filler material and joint sealing compound. 3. Refer to Section , Concrete Finishing, for finishing of edges of construction and expansion joints in slabs with curved edging tool. F. Opening to Traffic 1. Traffic, heavy equipment, storage of materials, or other loading are not allowed on a structure or part thereof until after all forms and falsework have been removed as permitted. 2. Equip hand operated buggies with pneumatic rubber tires and do not operate over concrete that has cured less than 72 hours. 3. Do not use heavy equipment which exceeds legal loads unless special lanes are included in the design and the maximum loads are prescribed. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

198 3.04 APPLICATION A. Finishing 1. Unexposed Surfaces: a. For concrete not be exposed to public view in the completed structure provide any form finish as specified in ACI 301 for rough form finish. 2. Exposed Surfaces: Unless indicated or specified otherwise, provide the following finishes for concrete which will be exposed to public view in the completed structure: a. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Conform to ACI 301 smooth rubbed finish, unless specified elsewhere. b. Exposed concrete for all exposed surfaces on retaining walls: Meet the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 602.3(14), Finishing Concrete Surfaces. c. Unspecified Finish: When finish is not indicated or specified, provide smooth form finish as specified in ACI 301. B. Finishing Slab and Flatwork 1. Slab Finishes: Unless indicated or specified otherwise, provide the following finishes as indicated: a. Floated Finish: Conform to ACI 301 floated finish. Provide floated finish for slabs and flatwork. b. Troweled Finish: Conform to ACI 301 troweled finish, and applicable requirements of ACI 302.1R. Provide troweled finish for slabs and flatwork to be exposed in the completed structure. 2. Finishing Cement Concrete Pavement: Follow the requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Section C. CURING AND PROTECTION 1. Cure concrete in conformance with the applicable requirements of ACI 308, except ensure a minimum curing period duration of 14 days. 2. Keep concrete in a moist condition from the time it is placed until it has cured for at least 14 days. Keep forms damp and cool until removal of forms. 3. Immediately upon removal of forms, keep exposed concrete surfaces moist by applying an approved curing compound as specified in Section , Concrete Finishing. 4. Do not permit concrete to dry during the curing period because of finishing operations. 5. Protect fresh concrete from hot sun, drying winds, rain, damage, or soiling. Fog spray freshly placed slabs after bleed water dissipates and after finishing operations commence. Allow no slabs to become dry until finishing operations are complete. 6. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement. Protect exposed concrete corners from traffic or use that will damage them. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

199 7. Protect concrete during the curing period from mechanical and physical stresses that may be caused by heavy equipment movement, subjecting the concrete to load stress, load shock, or excessive vibration. 8. Hot Weather: Follow recommendations of ACI 305R. 9. Cold Weather: Follow recommendations of ACI 306R. D. Repair/Restoration 1. Repair Standards: Conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 301. When using epoxy mortar, conform to applicable requirements of ACI Repair Work: E. SEALING OF JOINTS 1) Remove honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound concrete. Saw-cut the edges perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. Do not feather edges. Dampen the area to be patched and an area at least 6 inches wide surrounding it to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. 2) Bond patching mortar to concrete with bonding grout or epoxy adhesive. For bonding grout, include 1 part portland cement to 1 part Number 30 mesh sand, mixed to the consistency of a thick cream. Brush well onto the concrete. 3) Make the patching mortar of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except omit the coarse aggregate. Use not more than 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume, and substitute white portland cement for a portion of the regular gray portland cement to produce patching mix matching the surrounding concrete in color when dry. Determine the proportion of white portland cement by trial mixes and test areas, prior to repair of actual defective areas. 1. Prior to sealing joints with hot-poured rubber asphalt or cold applied joint sealer, the surfaces of the seams and joints must be clean and dry, and must be free of all loose aggregate, paint, corrosion, form oil and concrete curing compound. 2. Remove all loose concrete, dirt and foreign matter by sandblasting or by the use of wire brush. Also, remove projections of concrete into the seams. Blow the joints and surfaces adjacent to the seams free from all loose dust by means of oil-free compressed air immediately prior to priming. 3. Clean alkaline seepage and form oil by etching of the concrete surface with hydrochloric acid, thorough rinsing, neutralizing, and drying. 4. Make the sealing compound flush with or not more than 1/16 of an inch above the adjacent surfaces FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and Testing Services: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

200 1. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency meeting the requirements of ASTM C1077 to perform the following: a. Observe concrete batching and mixing operations. b. Record all concrete batched. c. Record all concrete delivered to the project. d. Collect and check concrete truck batch tickets. e. Visually inspect concrete placement. f. Sample and test concrete. g. Obtain drilled cores of concrete, if required by the Resident Engineer. h. Prepare reports on all inspection and test results. 2. Provide any additional labor, materials, or equipment required to assist testing agency in obtaining and handling samples at the site. 3. Provide and maintain for the sole use of the testing agency adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test specimens on site for initial curing. B. Concrete Sampling and Testing: 1. Sampling Method: Take representative samples in accordance with ASTM C172. Collect samples from different batches of concrete on a random basis. Place no more than 1/2 cubic yard before slump, temperature, and air content tests demonstrate concrete is within acceptable limits. Take samples at the truck. When utilizing pump to distribute concrete sampling shall be taken from end of pump hose. 2. Sampling frequency: a. For each class of concrete delivered each day, sample each load until two successive loads meet all applicable acceptance test requirements. After two successive tests indicate that the concrete is within specified limits, the sampling and testing frequency may decrease to one for every five truck loads. b. Sample and test for placement of one class of concrete consisting of 50 cubic yards or less as listed above, except sample and test continuously until one load meets all of the applicable acceptance requirements. After one set of tests indicates that the concrete is within specified limits, the remaining concrete to be placed may be accepted by visual inspection. 3. Tests per sample: Perform the following tests on each sample: a. Slump: ASTM C143. b. Air Content: ASTM C231. c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064. d. Compressive Strength: 1) Make a minimum of three specimens from each sample. When additional sets of specimens are required beyond the normal UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 10

201 C. Evaluation and Acceptance of Tests: seven and 28-day tests, include a minimum of two specimens in each set. 2) Make and cure test specimens in compliance with ASTM C31. 3) Test specimens in compliance with ASTM C39. From each set of specimens cast, test one cylinder at seven days and two specimens at 28 days 1. Acceptance of Concrete: Compressive strength tests will be considered acceptable if the averages of all specimens of three consecutive strength test results are equal to or exceed the specified 28-day compressive strength, and no individual strength test result is more than 300 pounds per square inch below the specified 28-day compressive strength. 2. Test Cores: a. If concrete strength is not considered acceptable, or if there is a likelihood of low strength concrete, a significant reduction in load-carrying capacity, or absence of desired durability in the concrete, the Resident Engineer may require tests of cores drilled for determination of in-place strength. b. Obtain and test specimens in compliance with ASTM C42. Take three cores from each area as directed by the Resident Engineer. c. Test cores will be considered acceptable if the average of the three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of the specified 28-day compressive strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of the 28-day compressive strength. Locations represented by erratic core strengths may be retested at the direction of the Resident Engineer. d. Fill core holes in compliance with the requirements of Section , Concrete Finishing, for repair of surface defects. 3. If, as a result of these tests, it is determined that the specified concrete properties are not being obtained, the Contractor may order such changes in proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the specified properties, at no additional expense to Sound Transit. 4. Pay for all additional inspection and testing services required due to changes in materials, sources, or proportions; or occasioned by failure of inspections and tests to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Tolerances: 1. Formwork Tolerances: Comply with the requirements specified in Section , Concrete Forming. 2. Concrete Tolerances: Comply with the requirements of ACI 301, as applicable. For those items of work or parts of the structure not covered by ACI 301, comply with the requirements of ACI 117, as applicable. E. Cold Joints: Do not install cold joints in concrete unless planned and treated properly as construction joints. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 11

202 F. Monitoring of Formwork: Provide monitoring of forms and embedded items to detect movement, or forms and embedded items out-of-alignment, from pressure of concrete placement. G. Acceptance of Structure: Acceptance of the completed concrete work requires conformance with the dimensional tolerances, appearance, and strengths specified in these Specifications and in ACI 301. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 12

203 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for the finishing and curing of formed and unformed concrete surfaces, including the repair of surface defects. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Cast-In-Place Concrete. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents SUBMITTALS 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. AASHTO M182 Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings c. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting d. ACI 306 Cold Weather Concreting e. ACI 308 f. ACI Standard Specification for Repairing Concrete with Epoxy Mortars 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates b. ASTM C150 Specification for Portland Cement c. ASTM C171 Specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete d. ASTM C309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete e. ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FINISHING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

204 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' product data for manufactured products specified and indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings, or diagrams to scale, that indicate the location in plan and elevation of all concrete finishes. D. Samples: Submit 1/2-pint sample container of aluminum oxide and silicon carbide abrasive grit for review and acceptance where "non-slip finish" is indicated or specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, of same brand as used in the work. Furnish white portland cement where required to produce color matching color of surrounding concrete. B. Aggregate: 1. For Bonding Grout: ASTM C33, washed clean sand passing a Number 30 sieve. 2. For Patching Mortar: ASTM C33, washed clean, graded fine aggregate of suitable size for areas to be repaired. Clean coarse aggregate up to Size Number 8 may be added for repair of larger pockets and voids. C. Commercial Patching Mortar: Latex-modified portland cement mortar may be furnished if appropriate for the use. D. Epoxy Patching Mortar: As specified in ACI for Epoxy Mortar. E. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type II or Type V, epoxy-based bonding agent CURING MATERIALS A. Damp Curing Materials: 1. Waterproof Sheet Materials: ASTM C171, waterproof paper with white paper face, polyethylene film pigmented white, or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting. 2. Burlap: AASHTO M182, of class or weight suitable for the use and location. Do not use burlap where concrete is exposed to direct sunlight. B. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, liquid membrane-forming curing compound, Type 1 for concrete not exposed to sunlight, and Type 1-D with white fugitive dye for concrete exposed to sunlight, Class A or B as appropriate for the use or location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINISHING A. Formed Surfaces: After removing forms, finish each formed surface as noted below. 1. Specified Finishes: For the surfaces specified below, provide the following surface finishes in compliance with ACI 301. a. Conduit Encasement: Smooth-form finish. b. Sump walls: Smooth form finish. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FINISHING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

205 2. Unspecified Finishes: For surfaces not specified above, provide the following surface finishes in compliance with ACI 301. B. Unformed Surfaces 3.02 CURING a. Concrete surfaces not exposed to public view: Rough-form finish. b. Concrete surfaces exposed to public view: Smooth-rubbed finish. 1. Placement: a. Place concrete at a rate that allows spreading, straightedging, and darbying or bullfloating before bleed water appears. b. Strike smooth the top of walls, buttresses, horizontal offsets, and other similar unformed surfaces and float them to a texture consistent with finish of adjacent formed surface. 2. Specified Finishes: For the surfaces specified below, provide the following surface finishes in compliance with ACI 301. a. Bored Tunnel Walkway: Broom or belt finish. b. Bored Tunnel Invert: Troweled finish. c. Station Invert Slab: Scratched finish. d. Topping Slab: Troweled finish. 3. Unspecified Finishes: For surfaces not specified above, provide the following surface finishes in compliance with ACI 301. a. Surfaces intended to receive bonded cementitious materials: Scratched finish. b. Walks; drives, steps, ramps, and surfaces intended to receive waterproofing, roofing, insulation, or sand-bed terrazzo: Floated finish. c. Interior slabs and flatwork to be exposed in the completed structure and for slabs to receive resilient floor coverings: Troweled finish. 4. Surface Tolerances: Conform to ACI 301 as follows: a. Class A Tolerance: Slabs and flatwork with troweled finish. b. Class C Tolerance: Slabs and flatwork with scratched finish, with floated finish, and with coarse broom finish. A. Allow curing of concrete in conformance to the applicable requirements of ACI 308, except use a curing period duration of 14 days. Do not cure with earth, sand, sawdust, straw, and hay. B. Keep concrete in a moist condition from the time it is placed until it has cured for at least 14 days. Keep forms damp and cool until removal of forms. C. Immediately upon removal of forms, keep exposed concrete surfaces moist by applying an approved curing compound that conforms to the applicable requirements of ACI 308. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FINISHING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

206 D. Do not permit concrete to dry during the curing period because of finishing operations. E. Protect fresh concrete from hot sun, drying winds, rain, damage, or soiling. Fog spray freshly placed slabs after bleed water dissipates and after finishing operations commence. Allow no slabs to become dry until finishing operations are complete. F. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement. Protect exposed concrete corners from damage due to traffic or other site activity. G. Protect concrete during the curing period from mechanical and physical stresses that may be caused by heavy equipment movement, subjecting the concrete to load stress, load shock, or excessive vibration. H. Hot Weather: follow recommendations of ACI 305R and Section , Cast-In-Place Concrete. I. Cold Weather: follow recommendations of ACI 306R REPAIRING SURFACE DEFECTS A. Repair Standards: Conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 301. When using epoxy mortar, conform to applicable requirements of ACI B. Repair Work: 1. Remove honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound concrete. Sawcut the edges perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. Do not feather edges. Dampen the area to be patched and an area at least 6 inches wide surrounding it to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. 2. Bond patching mortar to concrete with bonding grout or epoxy adhesive. For bonding grout, include 1 part portland cement to 1 part Number 30 mesh sand, mixed to the consistency of a thick cream. Brush well onto the concrete. 3. Make the patching mortar of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except omit the coarse aggregate. Use not more than 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume, and substitute white portland cement for a portion of the regular gray portland cement to produce patching mix matching the surrounding concrete in color when dry. Determine the proportion of white portland cement by trial mixes and test areas, prior to repair of actual defective areas FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Finishes: 1. Conform to applicable requirements of ACI 301. B. Tolerances: 3.05 PROTECTION 1. Formed Surfaces: Conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 301. For parts of the structures not covered by ACI 301, conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 117. A. Protect exposed concrete surfaces as required preventing damage from impact or strains. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FINISHING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

207 END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK CONCRETE FINISHING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

208 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

209 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies the fabrication and erection of precast concrete components and structures for utilities REFERENCES A. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections not referenced below may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section , Quality Control. 2. Section , Portland Cement Concrete. 3. Section , Concrete Reinforcing. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents: 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products b. ASTM A153 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware c. ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel b. ANSI/AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Installation instructions, product data, and manufactures' literature 2. Dimensions, reinforcement, details, mix designs, lifting positions and devices, details of lifting inserts, anchors, connections, connections to structure, accessories, joints, shim arrangement, conduits, pipe sleeves, penetrations, and openings. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE LINK PROJECT NO: U260 PAGE 1

210 C. Working Drawings: Erection Drawings and Procedures - Indicate method and sequence of operations and location of precast sections in the Work with same identification marks used in fabrication. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data of standard manufactured precast items, such as utility boxes and vaults. Include manufacturer's detailed concrete mix designs, drawings and dimensions. E. Certificates: 1. Current plant certification under the PCI Plant Certification Program. 2. Welding certificates or affidavits attesting to the welders' qualifications to perform the indicated and specified welding. F. Production Records: Retain a record of each Day's production QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Fabricator: 1. Fabricator of precast concrete products: Approved participant in the PCI Plant Certification Program. 2. Production facility: Regularly and continuously engaged in the manufacture of precast concrete products. B. Qualifications of Welders: Prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.1, Chapter 5, or AWS D1.4, Chapter 6. C. Working Drawings stamped, signed and sealed by a structural engineer registered in the State of Washington. Design precast units in accordance with ACI 318. D. Tolerances: Fabricate and erect precast concrete members within the tolerances recommended by the manufacturers DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to the site in such quantities and at such times as will assure the continuity of the installation. B. Transport, handle, and store units in a manner that will prevent damage to the members. C. If storage of precast units at the site is necessary, store units in a manner which will prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other damage. Support members at their normal support points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: Comply with Section , Concrete Reinforcing. B. Portland Cement Concrete: Comply with Section , Portland Cement Concrete. When not otherwise indicated or specified, provide Class 4000 concrete with 3/4-inch maximum aggregate size in accordance with Table 1 of Section , Portland Cement Concrete. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE LINK PROJECT NO: U260 PAGE 2

211 C. Anchors, Lift Devices, and Accessories: Provide concrete inserts, reglets, anchors, and fasteners as indicated or required for fabrication and installation work. Use only zinc-coated or galvanized items in accordance with ASTM A153 or ASTM A123, as applicable. Select the lift devices, and be responsible for their performance and for damage resulting from the use of faulty or inferior devices. Do not install lift devices on exposed faces of precast members FABRICATION A. Requirements and Standards: 1. Accurately construct forms to produce members to dimension, shape, configuration, and profile indicated. When not otherwise indicated, construct forms to produce smooth concrete. 2. Place and secure concrete reinforcement, lifting reinforcement, and concrete inserts and anchorage devices as required to prevent movement. 3. Place and consolidate concrete to shape, configuration, and dimensions indicated. 4. Steam cure members. Provide a minimum curing cycle for steam for three days or until the specified strength of concrete is attained. B. Finishes: 1. For those items not exposed to public view, such as utility boxes, provide "smooth form finish" as specified in Section , Portland Cement Concrete.. C. Markings: Provide permanent markings in precast units to identify pick-up points and orientation in the structure, conforming to the markings indicated on shop drawings. Imprint the date of casting on each precast unit where it will not show in the finished structure. D. Testing: Perform compressive strength testing for concrete mixes in accordance with Section , Portland Cement Concrete and ASTM C39. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine all parts of the supporting structure and the conditions under which the precast concrete units are to be erected and installed. Verify the locations of anchors to predetermine the accuracy of the installation of each member ERECTION/INSTALLATION A. Transport and erect precast concrete units as specified herein. B. Store units on site in a manner that avoids distress or damage. C. Maintain precast concrete unit in upright position at all times. Handle unit only by indicated lifting devices or cushioned pads using mechanical hoisting equipment, and in a manner that will not overstress or damage the unit. D. Erect precast concrete units in accordance with indicated erection tolerances. Comply with erection sequences indicated. Position units and structures to avoid eccentric application of forces, and make complete and uniform contact with bearing surfaces. E. Provide anchorage and attachment welding and bolting, as required. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE LINK PROJECT NO: U260 PAGE 3

212 F. Install units plumb, level, and square, true to line, with angles and edges parallel with related building lines FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section , Quality Control. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE LINK PROJECT NO: U260 PAGE 4

213 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION NON-SHRINK GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for providing nonshrink grouts as follows: 1. Furnishing, mixing, and placing nonshrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive cementitious grout for structural columns, base plates, and equipment bases as indicated. 2. Furnishing, mixing, and placing nonshrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive epoxy grout for equipment bases subject to impact, vibration, or chemical attack. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Portland Cement Concrete. 2. Section , Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section , Concrete Finishing. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM C109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens) b. ASTM C157 Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete c. ASTM C579 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes d. ASTM C827 Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures e. ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete f. ASTM C1090 Test Method for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK NON-SHRINK GROUTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

214 1.03 DEFINITIONS: g. ASTM C1107 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrinkable) 3. United States Army Corps of Engineers: a. CRD-C621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Nonshrink Grout A. Nonshrink grout: A mortar or grout that does not shrink in the plastic state, is dimensionally stable in the hardened state, and bonds permanently to a clean baseplate and concrete substrate SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. C. Certification: Submit certificates of compliance or laboratory test reports that indicate the following: 1. Materials used in the grout are free from metallic components and corrosion-producing elements. 2. Materials meet specified shrinkage and compressive strength requirements PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Handle grout the same as concrete with regard to temperature and curing, as specified in Section , Cast-In-Place Concrete; Section , Portland Cement Concrete; and Section , Concrete Finishing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cementitious Grout: 1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive cement-based grout: 2. ASTM C1107 and CRD-C Manufactured specifically for use in supporting heavy loads (loads in excess of 300 pounds per square foot concentrated load or 100 pounds per square foot uniform load). 4. ASTM C1107, Grade A, B, or C, as appropriate for the condition or circumstance. 5. Shrinkage at 28 days: none (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827). 6. Compressive strength, minimum: a. At one day: 1000 pounds per square inch(psi) b. At three days: 2500 psi c. At seven days: 3500 psi UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK NON-SHRINK GROUTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

215 d. At 28 days: 5000 psi 7. Initial setting time, after addition of water: approximately one hour at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (F). 8. Provide nonsag trowelability or flowability as necessary for the particular application. B. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to grout. C. Epoxy Grout: 1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive 2. Manufactured specifically for use in supporting heavy loads. 3. Shrinkage at 28 days: None (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 modified procedure) with a minimum effective bearing area (EBA) of 95 percent. 4. Compressive strength, minimum: 10,000 psi at 7 days. 5. Initial setting time: Approximately one hour at 70 degrees F. 6. Provide flowable consistency as necessary for the particular application. 7. Epoxy grouts which are volatile and which give off noxious fumes are not acceptable. D. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type V, epoxy-based bonding agent SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections and Tests: Perform visual inspections, and shrinkage tests using an approved independent test laboratory, and strength tests as necessary to verify performance requirements of grout. Sample and test grout in conformance with applicable ASTM or CRD requirements. B. Shrinkage Tests: 1. Cementitious Grout: a. Expansion: 1) 0.4 percent maximum at 3, 14, and 28 days. 2) No displacement when tested in accordance with ASTM C157. b. Shrinkage: 2. Epoxy Grout: 1) None (0.00 shrinkage at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 and ASTM C1090). 2) No vertical volume shrinkage of grout in the plastic or hardened stage at any time. a. Expansion: 1) No displacement when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 and ASTM C157, modified procedures. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK NON-SHRINK GROUTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

216 b. Shrinkage: 1) None (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827, modified procedure; specific gravity of indicator ball will be changed to approximately 1.0). c. Effective Bearing Area (EBA): 1) 95 percent minimum coverage of the tested base plate. C. Strength Tests: Meet the following compressive strength of grout requirements: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 1. Cementitious Grout: 5,000 psi minimum at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C Epoxy Grout: 10,000 psi minimum at 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579. A. Prepare concrete surfaces to receive grout by chipping, sandblasting, water blasting, or other accepted methods to remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter to achieve sound, clean, and roughened concrete surfaces. B. Cover concrete areas with protective waterproof covering until ready to place grout. C. Remove foreign matter from steel surfaces to be in contact with grout. Clean contact steel surfaces as necessary by wire brushing and wiping dust clean. D. Align and level components to be grouted, and maintain in final position until grout placement is complete and accepted. E. Install forms for grout about the columns and other spaces to be grouted. F. Remove protective waterproof covering and clean contaminated surfaces immediately before grouting. G. Provide air-relief holes in large baseplates and in baseplates where underneath obstructions may cause air entrapment. H. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water, and remove excess water immediately before grouting. I. Where necessary or appropriate for better bond, epoxy adhesive may be applied to clean, dry substrate surfaces in accordance with applicable requirements of ACI INSTALLATION A. MIXING 1. Mix grout ingredients in accordance with the respective manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Mix grout materials in proper mechanical mixers. 2. Mix grout as close to work area as possible. B. Place grout in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. Pour grout from one side only until grout rises at least one inch above the plate on opposite side of said plate. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK NON-SHRINK GROUTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

217 Strapping and plunging or other recommended method may be used to force grout to flow under the entire area. C. Neatly trowel edges of grout base, tapered at an angle of 60 degrees when measured from the horizontal, or as indicated. D. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed. E. After shims have been removed, if used, fill voids with grout, packing the material with a suitable tool. F. Do not use grout that has begun to set or if more than one hour has elapsed after initial mixing CURING A. Cure cementitious grout the same as specified for concrete in Section , Concrete Finishing. B. Cure epoxy grout as recommended by the grout manufacturer. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK NON-SHRINK GROUTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

218 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

219 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for testing trackwork to determine the track-to-earth resistance values and rail-to-rail resistance values of the running rails. B. The procedures presented in this Section are general guidelines for the measurement of track-to-earth resistance and rail-to-rail resistance as construction progresses. These procedures will be modified to suit actual field conditions and the electrical networks established by the trackwork that results from continuing construction. It is the Contractor's responsibility to construct trackwork that meets the criteria established for track-to-earth resistance. C. All testing will be performed by Sound Transit s Testing Agency. The Contractor shall not be required to perform the testing set forth in this Section. It is the Contractor s responsibility to construct trackwork that meets the established criteria. Repair or replace any trackwork found deficient at the Contractor s expense with no additional costs to Sound Transit. D. It is the Contractor s responsibility to complete the trackwork installation in a timely manner and to keep the Resident Engineer informed of the progress of the track construction such that an incremental testing schedule can be established REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of a listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail SUBMITTALS 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM G165 Standard Practice for Determining Rail-to-Earth Resistance A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Periodic Installation Schedule 1. Submit weekly schedule updates indicating the track that has been installed to date and the trackwork scheduled to be installed during the upcoming week. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACT HOLD POINTS A. Install a test section of not more than 2,000 feet of trackwork. Subsequent to the installation of the test section, Sound Transit s Testing Agency will perform track-to-earth UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

220 and rail-to-rail resistance testing to ensure that the criteria set forth in Article herein, are met. Replace or repair any trackwork found to be deficient at no additional expense to Sound Transit. Do not construct any additional track construction until the test section is accepted by Sound Transit s Testing Agency to meet the established criteria. B. Submit weekly schedule updates indicating the track that has been installed to date and the trackwork scheduled to be installed during the upcoming week such that a testing schedule can be established between the Contractor and Sound Transit s Testing Agency. C. It is the Contractor s responsibility to clean all sections scheduled for testing of all dirt, debris, and water prior to each scheduled test. Cost of cleaning and retesting any test section found to be in unacceptable condition shall be borne by the Contractor SOUND TRANSIT TEST PROCEDURE A. All testing will be performed by Sound Transit s Testing Agency. The Contractor shall not be required to perform the testing set forth in this Section. It is the Contractor s responsibility to construct trackwork that meets the established criteria. Repair or replace any trackwork found deficient at the Contractor s expense with no additional costs to Sound Transit. B. All track-to-earth and rail-to-rail resistance testing will be performed by Sound Transit s Testing Agency. The following test procedure is for the Contractor s reference only. The Contractor has the option to utilize the test procedure set forth below should the Contractor choose to perform preliminary track-to-earth resistance proof-testing prior to Sound Transit s Testing Agency performing the scheduled testing. 1. Take a sufficient number of readings to ensure that human error in reading the instruments and transient disturbances in the electrical network have negligible influence on the final results. 2. Obtain a minimum of three measurements for each data type test. 3. Record time at which each reading is obtained. 4. Examine data at time of test to ascertain that removal of either the highest or lowest value will not alter the arithmetic average of the group by more than 5 percent. If the average will be altered by more than 5 percent, obtain additional sets of data and combine results with first set. If the average of the combined data will still be altered by more than 5 percent by removal of the highest or lowest value, an unstable condition might exist. Advise the Resident Engineer of unstable data conditions. C. Trackwork Electrical Tests 1. Perform incremental track-to-earth resistance and rail-to-rail resistance tests as soon as all major construction work is completed for that track increment. Do not defer testing to consolidate the testing effort. 2. Perform track-to-earth resistance and rail-to-rail resistance tests for all trackwork, including special trackwork areas, after track installation is completed. 3. Prior to each test, visually examine trackwork to ensure that there is no debris, water, dirt, ballast or other conductive material in electrical contact with the track. Record the condition of the track section to be tested on the data sheet. D. Electrical Test Procedures UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

221 1. The purpose of this Section is to identify minimum electrical test requirements for track-to-earth and rail-to-rail resistance measurements. Conduct tests in accordance with the test plan approved by the Resident Engineer. 2. Rail Insulating Joint Test. Test each rail insulating joint for effectiveness prior to the connection of impedance bonds by both of the following test methods. a. Measure the resistance between each side of the insulating joint and the joint bar and measure the resistance across the insulating joint. Document all resistance measurements and submit to Sound Transit for approval. b. Measure the voltage shift of the rail to earth on both sides of the insulating joint while applying a test current to one side of the insulating joint during track-to-earth resistance testing: Measure the voltage shift across the insulating joint as well. Document all voltage shift measurements and test current levels and submit to Sound Transit for approval. 3. Track-to-Earth Resistance Test. Conduct track-to-earth resistance testing for all trackwork constructed for this project. Two test methods can be utilized for this contract to obtain the required track-to-earth resistance depending on the trackwork configuration encountered during the test period. Test sections of trackwork in maximum increments of 2,000 track feet. a. Track-to-earth resistance test method 1 pertains to electrically separated sections of trackwork. Conduct this test in accordance with ASTM G165. Submit all measurements obtained to Sound Transit for approval. Repair any deficiencies identified by this testing at the Contractor s expense. b. Track-to-earth resistance test method 2 pertains to electrically interconnected sections of trackwork. Conduct this testing in accordance with ASTM G165 for equipment and measurement requirements and with the following: 1) Establish a current circuit (I 1 ) between the track system and a low resistant earth contact and a track-to-earth voltage measuring circuit (Vg 1 ) using a low resistance earth contact. Do not use the same earth contact for voltage circuit and the current circuit. 2) With the current circuit (I 1 ) closed, reduce the meter ranges of both circuits until the lowest readable scales are reached. Read and record the "on" values for current and voltage. 3) Open the current circuit (I 1 ) and immediately read and record the "off" values for current and voltage. Repeat a minimum of three times for accuracy. 4) Calculate the effective track-to-earth resistance by dividing the summation of change in voltage Σ Vg 1, by the summation of change in current, Σ I 1. Rvg 1-1 = Σ Vg 1 /Σ I 1 (volt/ampere) This resistance value represents the apparent resistance of the track section under test in parallel with the adjacent track UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

222 sections. Usually the composite resistance to earth of the adjacent track sections will be lower than that of the test section because of the greater amount of trackage involved. 5) Obtain additional track-to-earth couplings at other locations as required. Rvg 2-1 = Σ Vg 2 /Σ I 1 = volt/ampere Rvg 3-1 = Σ Vg 3 /Σ I 1 = volt/ampere 6) Maintaining the current circuit (I 1 ), measure the percentage of change in current flow on each rail each end of the test section using a maximum of 50 feet of rail as a current measuring shunt. Calculate the percentage of current flow as follows: %I A-1 = (Σ E A x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 where: %I A-1 = percentage of I 1 at location "A" Σ E A = summation of change in E A caused by I 1, for the total number of readings taken (millivolts). Σ I 1 = summation of change in I 1 for the total number of readings taken (amperes) K R = conversion factor for the millivolt shunt circuit (amperes/millivolt) K R = 1/(L x R R x 1000 mv/v) L = length of rail used for the millivolt shunt circuit (feet) R R = longitudinal resistance of running rail per one foot length (ohms/foot) Note: Using theoretical resistance values of 8.68 x 10 6 ohm/foot for 115 lb rail and 8.32 x 10 6 ohm/foot for 120 lb rail, theoretical K R values, for a 50 foot span of single rail are: K R = 2.30 amperes/millivolt (115 lb. rail) K R = 2.40 amperes/millivolt (120 lb. rail) A sufficient sampling of actual longitudinal resistance factors must be measured to establish a statistical mean value for K R used in the preceding calculations. 7) Obtain current flow percentages at the locations specified. Calculate the following: %I B-1 = (Σ E B x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 %I C-1 = (Σ E C x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 %I D-1 = (Σ E D x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

223 %I E-1 = (Σ E E x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 %I F-1 = (Σ E F x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 %I G-1 = (Σ E G x K R x 100)/ Σ I 1 %I H-1 = Σ E H x K R x 100)/Σ I 1 and %I S-1 = %I A-1 + %I B-1 + %I C-1 + %I D-1 %I R-1 = %I E-1 + %I F-1 + %I G-1 + %I H-1 A significant difference between the values obtained for %I A-1 through %I D-1 and/or between the values obtained for %I E-1 through %I H-1 may indicate that the electrical conductance-toearth is not uniform over the entire track section being evaluated. 8) Calculate the average resistance-to-earth of the test section R AVG = (RVg RVg RVg 3-1 )/3(%I S-1 - %I R-1 ) where: %I S-1 and %I R-1 must be expressed as decimals 9) Calculate the average track-to-earth resistance for the test section on a 1000 foot of track basis (2 rails). R T = R AVG x L x 2 = ohms-1000-feet of track (2 rails) where: E. Minimum Acceptable Resistance Values 1. Trackwork (All locations/types) L = Length of track in multiples of 1000 feet a. Mainline track-to-earth resistance values: Minimum 250 ohms for 1,000 feet of single track (two rails). b. Yard track-to-earth resistance values: Minimum 75 ohms per 1,000 feet of single track (two rails). c. Mainline-to-rail resistance values: Minimum 200 ohms per 1,000 feet of single track (two rails). 2. If the test results show that a section of trackwork fails to meet the acceptance criteria, check all instrumentation setups; verify that the equipment is operating properly; inspect the section under test for installation deficiencies, and correct the problems detected. Repair trackwork and repeat tests until the resistance values satisfy the acceptance criteria. Perform remedial work and subsequent testing at no cost to Sound Transit. 3. If test results indicate a failure to meet acceptance criteria, notify the Resident Engineer within two Days of the completion of the test. F. Final Acceptance Testing UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

224 1. Notify the Resident Engineer when the trackwork is ready for final acceptance testing. 2. Submit Test Reports before final acceptance testing. 3. Provide access to the work site as required for the performance of the final acceptance testing by the Resident Engineer. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RESISTANCE TESTING LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

225 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TRACK RAILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for the manufacturing, testing, fabricating, and shipping of drilled, undrilled, precurved, standard, high strength steel, and high speed rail as specified herein REFERENCES A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents SUBMITTALS 1. The American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA): a. AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering (AREMA Manual) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM A578 Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Application b. ASTM E10 Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness for Metallic Materials A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. A detailed description of the steel metallurgy. C. A description of the method for precurving rail. D. A description of the ultrasonic testing method and equipment. E. A description of the method and verification testing to achieve the required rail hardness. F. Quality Control program description as specified herein. G. Submit the following to the Resident Engineer in accordance with the milestones shown on the approved Contract Schedule: 1. Submit the method of handling, shipping, unloading, and stacking rail for review and approval at least four weeks before shipping of the rail. 2. At least 30 days before commencement of precurving, provide a list of precurved rail lengths by rail sequence number showing the radius for each rail length and its location in the track. Include the method of marking rails for identification for installation. 3. Provide Ultrasonic Technician qualification certification for the individuals actually conducting the testing at least 30 days before the commencement of the in-plant inspection. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

226 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4. Provide the rail processing reports and a rail list showing the heat, ingot and letter for every rail including identification of the short rail, test rail, and scrap rail, for informal review during the in-plant inspection and formally submit to the Resident Engineer. 5. Provide rail test records, including mechanical properties tests, hardness measurements, ultrasonic test records and all other required test documentation, for informal review during the in-plant inspection and formally submit to the Resident Engineer. A. Develop and maintain a quality control program regulating methods, procedures, and processes to ensure compliance with standards of quality as specified herein. B. Within 30 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed, submit for approval by the Resident Engineer a detailed narrative explaining the Quality Control program and procedures to be utilized for the work and a description of the organization to be used on the Contract. Work undertaken prior to approval of the quality control program will be at the Contractor's risk. The Resident Engineer will monitor the Contractor's methods, procedures, and processes for compliance with the approved program. C. Keep records of inspection work complete and available to the Resident Engineer during the performance of the Contract; and to such other agencies and for longer periods as may be specified elsewhere in the Contract. D. Inspection and Testing: 1. The products and material incorporated into the work will be subject to inspection by the Resident Engineer, at the Contractor's and Subcontractor's facilities, place of manufacture, shipping point, and at the shipping destination. Inspection and tests by the Resident Engineer will be performed in such a manner as not to unduly delay the work. 2. Whether or not the Resident Engineer inspects or tests any materials, the Contractor will not be relieved from any responsibility regarding defects or other failures to meet the Contract requirements, nor will such inspection or testing be considered as a guarantee of acceptance of any material that may be delivered later. 3. Perform tests and analyses specified in Chapter 4, Part 2, of the AREMA Manual and submit the results in accordance with this Section. 4. Ultrasonically test rail for internal defects in accordance with ASTM A578, as modified herein: a. References to "plate thickness" in ASTM A578 mean rail depth from head to base for measurements from the top of the rail head, or rail web width for measurements laterally through the rail web. b. Replace "Acceptance Standards" in ASTM A578 by a defect in the occurrence of one of the following readings: 1) Complete loss of back reflection. 2) A reflection from a defect (i.e. not attributable to a reflecting surface of the rail exterior) greater than 5 percent of the back reflection. c. Reject a rail if a defect occurs more than 3 feet from either end of the rail. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

227 d. Defects within 3 feet of the rail end may be removed by cropping the rail segment containing the defect if the resulting rail length is to an allowable rail length increment and equal to or greater than the minimum allowable rail length. Include the reduced rail length as part of the quantity of allowable 10 percent shorts. e. Conduct ultrasonic testing for the full length of each rail with a 1 inch diameter, 45-degree probe from the top of the rail head, directed along the length of the rail, positioned such that the rail base generates the back reflection. f. Conduct ultrasonic testing within 12 inches of each rail end with the 1 inch diameter 45-degree probe, as in Article 1.04D.4.e, herein, and also with a 1 inch diameter, 0-degree probe from the top of the railhead, vertically, and through the rail web, laterally. The back reflection for the lateral measurement through the rail web is the web surface opposite the probe side. g. Employ a qualified technician to conduct ultrasonic testing. Provide qualification certification of each individual conducting ultrasonic inspection of the material. h. Permanently mark indications on the rail head directly over the defect location with the percentage amplitude relative to the back reflection. i. Furnish the rail producer s records of inspection and shipment as described in AREMA Manual Chapter 4, Part 2, Section C. 5. As an alternative to the requirements of Article 1.04D.4.e, herein, ultrasonically test rails 100 percent in-line with the rail manufacturer s fully computerized testing unit. Conform testing for 115 RE rail to the requirements of Chapter 4, Part 2, Section of the AREMA Manual. A calibration test rail of the same section as being tested will be utilized with the following calibration reference standard: a. Head: 3/32-inch wide by 1/2-inch long slot b. Web: 1/16-inch wide by 1/2-inch long slot c. Base: 1/16-inch wide by 1/2-inch long slot. 6. Perform production on-line ultrasonic testing for internal defects of rails in accordance with the applicable testing standards in ASTM. 7. Make rail tests and inspections at the mill before shipment. Assume full responsibility for testing indicated. Give the Resident Engineer sufficient notice when testing is proposed so the tests may be witnessed. Provide the Resident Engineer free entry at all times to the manufacturer's mill to inspect the processing and testing of rail while work on this Contract is being performed. Perform tests specified herein at no additional cost to Sound Transit. Employ a qualified independent testing firm or individual to witness and certify testing DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle rails carefully to avoid damage. Load them head up with the branding on rails facing in the same direction. Sort and load rails together according to their markings. Do not intermix rails of different markings in loading. If there are not enough rails of one marking for a full car, smaller groups consisting of tiers of different markings may be loaded onto one car. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

228 B. Sort precurved rail according to curve radius. Load rails of the same radius together in the same or adjacent tiers. C. Load rails with adequate wood strips between the tiers of rail to prevent damage in transit. At a minimum place dunnage under the end of each rail and every 20 ft on center in between. D. Do not stockpile or store rail within street right-of-way. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RAIL A. Steel rail for installation in mainline direct fixation tracks and for special trackwork of the Link Light Rail Line: RE tee rail: a. Standard, high strength steel rail, and high-speed rail b. Conform to the requirements of the following sections of the AREMA Manual, Volume l, Chapter 4 "Rail": 1) Part 1 - Design (Rail section design for 115 RE Rail) 2) Part 2 Specifications for Steel Rails except as modified by this Section. 2. Maximum allowable direct current (DC) resistance: No more than 8.68 x10-6 ohms per foot. 3. New rails manufactured from continuous cast blooms process. 4. Classified, marked, branded, and stamped in accordance with AREMA specifications for rail manufactured from continuous cast blooms process. B. Rail for main tracks: 1. Supplied in nominal 80-foot lengths for tee rail, except for curves where precurving of the rail is required. Precurved rails and rails for other than main tracks may be 80-foot lengths or 39-foot lengths of 115 RE rail. 2. Straightness: AREMA Manual, Chapter 4, Part 2 Section Straightness for high-speed rail, see section 2.01 H herein. C. Shorts: Maximum of 10 percent of the rails of each type. Allowable short lengths for the 39-foot tee rails are 36, and 33 feet. For 80-foot tee rail lengths, acceptable shorts are 78, 74 and 70 feet. D. Allowable tolerances for rail lengths 1. Drilled rail a. Within 7/16 inch for 39-foot rail lengths b. Within 7/8 inch for 78-foot rail lengths 2. Undrilled rail UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

229 a. Within 2 inches for all rail lengths E. Do not end drill rails to be fabricated into continuous welded rail for joint bars or any other purpose. F. Rails designated to be constructed with drilled joints: 1. Drilled with 3 holes at both ends in accordance with AREMA Manual Chapter 4, Part 1 for 1 inch diameter track bolts and six-hole joint bars. 2. End harden (standard grade rails) to between 341 and 401 Brinell Hardness per ASTM E10 in accordance with AREMA Manual, Chapter 4, Part 2, Supplementary Requirements S1, "End Hardening". G. Additional requirements for high strength rail: 1. Head hardened to meet the hardness requirements of high strength rail, as specified in AREMA Manual, Chapter 4, Part 2, Section 2.1 Specifications for Steel Rails. 2. Required for rail used in curves having horizontal radius less than or equal to 500 feet and/or vertical curve having radius less than 1000 feet for tee rails 3. Derived from straight rail before precurving. 4. High strength rails. 5. Uniformly curved, such that the deviation of the interior mid-ordinate offset from the theoretical offset is within the tolerances for straight rail using the appropriate chord distance required by the straight rail specification. 6. Identified with painted identity numbering according to Sound Transit s Standard Drawings at the end of each rail. Paint identity numbers so that they are visible from both the top and the side of the rails. H. Additional requirements for high speed rail: PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. Straightness: Less than or equal to inch deviation vertically from straight in any 10 ft. chord. Less than or equal to inch deviation horizontally from straight in any 10 ft. chord. 2. Must also meet same requirements for high strength rail FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish a mill certificate to the Resident Engineer containing the following data: 1. Identity of each rail in a charge by heat, ingot, and letter. 2. Identity of each equivalent sample by heat. 3. Dates of all phases of head hardening for each charge. 4. Listing of the accepted and rejected rail in each charge. END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

230 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

231 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION WELDED TRACK RAILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for fabricating continuous welded rail (CWR) strings and other welding of running rail, including testing, inspecting, transporting of rail and CWR, and qualifying of welding and welders. Rail welds shall be of two types: 1. Pressure Welds: Weld tee rail and girder rail outside the limits of special trackwork into continuous strings using the electric flash-butt pressure welding process. 2. Thermite Welds: Only at locations where it is impractical to perform Pressure Welds, and for joining continuous welded rail strings. B. Assess the number of rails to be welded under this Contract, and the number of welds that can be made by any one welding process, based on the information contained in these Contract Specifications and the Contract Drawings. C. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section , Track Rails. 2. Section ,Direct-Fixation Track Construction. D. REFERENCES 1. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. a. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA) 1) AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering (AREMA Manual) 2) AREMA Specifications for Joining of Rail" 3) AREMA Specifications for Steel Rails 4) AREMA Specifications for Fabrication of Continuous Welded Rail" b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1) ASTM E164 Ultrasonic Contact Examination of Weldments. 2) ASTM E709 Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination. c. American Welding Society (AWS) UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

232 1) AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel d. American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) 1) ASNT SNT-TC-1A Recommended Guidelines for Qualification and Certification of Non-Destructive Testing Personnel SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures. B. Quality Control Plan including: 1. Rail handling methods and procedures including equipment to be used in handling rail, with data on equipment performance characteristics. 2. Name and qualification of laboratory and procedure to be utilized in testing. 3. Proposed Testing Laboratory 4. Certification of ultrasonic and magnetic particle testing personnel. 5. Ultrasonic inspection procedure, equipment description, and calibration methods. 6. Procedure for dry powder magnetic particle inspection. 7. Magnetic particle and ultrasonic inspection records for each weld. 8. Inspection records of each weld for straightness according to the AREMA Manual. 9. Daily calibration of ultrasonic inspection equipment. 10. Quality Control procedures to be followed. 11. Contractual agreements with subcontractors employed by the Contractor in doing the Work. C. Pressure (Electric Flash-Butt) Welding Plan including the following: 1. Written description of the welding procedure, including facilities, personnel, and list of similar completed projects. 2. List of equipment and calibration methods, method of rail end alignment, method of rail straightening, and a schedule of lengths of rail strings to be fabricated. 3. Welding Machines Performance standards as provided by the manufacturer. 4. Requirement to attach a recorder to each welding machine to record plate movement and current impulses on the form "Record of Field Welds", a copy of which is attached to the end of this Specification. Submit a record of machine performance for each weld to the Resident Engineer. If the record indicates performance that is not in conformance with the approved standards, the weld will be considered defective and shall be rejected. 5. Working Drawings for the pressure welding machine and Working Drawings of the proposed method and equipment for handling and laying CWR. Include reference data relating to where the proposed equipment and laying method were previously successfully used. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

233 6. Details of the equipment and procedure proposed for straightening welds if required. Include reference data relating to where the proposed straightening equipment and method were previously successfully used. 7. Manufacturer s recommended procedure for welding high strength rail if different from requirements for standard rail. 8. Proposed location for flash-butt welding plant including methods of transporting materials and equipment to the site, types and locations of environmental controls and duration of welding operations. D. Pressure Weld Samples: Before beginning production welding, perform six test welds in accordance to Article 1.04B using the welding machine and the procedures proposed in the manufacturer's instructions. E. Thermite Welding Plan including the following: 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Detailed specification of the proposed method and exact procedure. a. Comply with the weld kit manufacturer s instructions b. Include the name of the weld kit manufacturer. 2. Submit to the Resident Engineer prior to thermite welding. A. Check rail for end straightness before welding. Examine both ends and tops of rails using a 3 foot metal straightedge. Measure deviations from straight with a metal taper gauge. Do not weld rails which are at or exceed the tolerances in the AREMA Manual Chapter 4, Part 3, "Manufacture of Rail", Sections 12 and 14. B. Fabrication of Qualification Sample Pressure Welds and Thermite Welds. 1. Produce two sample welds of each combination of metallurgy standard to standard, standard to high strength, high strength to high strength for both pressure and thermite welding. 2. Employ welding crews to prepare samples in accordance with the Contractor's submitted, reviewed, and accepted methods and procedures for rail welding. a. Supervisor of each welding crew: trained and certified by the manufacturer supplying the weld kits and/or pressure welder to perform rail welding. b. Each welding crew: perform at least one of each type of the sample welds. Prior to performing welds in the specified work each crew must be qualified as specified herein. 3. When the pressure weld machine is returned to production after a period of malfunctioning or major repair, or when the welding crew is replaced, perform six additional test welds. Qualify the repaired welding machine or the new crew only after six acceptable welds are produced. 4. Employ an independent laboratory to test sample pressure and thermite welds. Submit the certified test results to the Resident Engineer. Approval of the pressure welder, weld kit, weld specification, and welding crews will be UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

234 dependent upon the sample welds satisfying the test requirements in this Section. Qualify sample welds as specified herein. C. Laboratory Testing of Qualification Sample Welds. Employ an independent laboratory to perform the following testing: 1. Visually examine the test welds for cracks. Reject welds with surface cracks. 2. Ultrasonic Test and Magnetic Particle Test: a. Perform for pressure and thermite weld samples b. Acceptance: Article 1.04E. c. Forward certified test reports to the Resident Engineer for review. 3. Dynamic Test: a. Perform one for each type of sample weld that has passed the ultrasonic test. b. Supported sample rail weld on 36-inch centers with the weld located between supports as shown in Figure c. Apply repeated loads with two hydraulic rams. d. Apply loads to the rail alternatively at Points A and B. e. Vary loads from zero to 44,400 pounds in the approximate shape of a sine curve. f. Apply loads for two million cycles where application of load at Point A and then at Point B constitutes one cycle. g. Measure rail deflection every 500,000 load cycles at Point A and recorded to the nearest inch. h. Monitor loads with load cells placed between each ram and the railhead. 1) Calibrate load cells prior to commencing the test program. i. Acceptance Criteria after 2,000,000 cycles: 4. Slow Bend Test: 1) No evidence of weld failure by bending. 2) No weld deflection exceeding inch during the test. a. Perform one for each type of sample weld that has passed the ultrasonic test. b. Procedures: AREMA Manual Chapter 4, Part 2, "Specification for the Quality Assurance of Electric Flash-Butt Welding of Rail". c. Acceptance criteria: 1) Thermite welds: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

235 5. Hardness Test. a) Minimum 1/2-inch deflection b) Minimum125,000 pounds per square inch modulus of rupture 2) Flash-butt welds. a) Minimum 3/4-inch deflection b) Minimum125,000 pounds per square inch modulus of rupture a. Perform one for each type of sample weld that has passed the ultrasonic test. b. Longitudinally cross-section for a distance of 6 inches each side of the weld c. Macroetch d. Rockwell-hardness test with a 150-kgf diamond sphero-conical penetrator. e. Location: vertically and horizontally on the longitudinal section in 1/2-inch increments for 3 inches each side of the centerline of the weld. f. Acceptance criteria: 1) Uniform decrease in hardness coincident with parent rail within a maximum of 2 inches from center of weld. 2) Rockwell hardness numbers between 31.2C and 42C on the 45N scale throughout weld. 6. Should any sample rail welds fail to satisfy the specified requirements, either the welding process or the welding crew, or both, will not be permitted on the project. Should any supervisor of the welding crew be replaced during the work, requalify the welding crew under the new supervisor. D. Qualification of Testing Technician: 1. Certified in accordance with ASNT procedure SNT-TC-1A, Level II or III. 2. Tested in accordance with ASNT procedure SNT-TC-1A, Level II or III to ensure ability to calibrate the equipment and detect defects in rail. a. Conduct test with the standard IIW calibration blocks, DSC Blocks and calibration rail as specified in 1.04G serving as the test specimens. b. Technician shall be able to locate all the holes in the calibration rail by ultrasonic testing. c. Test will be observed by an independent technician provided by Sound Transit, certified in accordance with ASNT procedure SNT-TC-1A, Level II or III and experience in ultrasonic examination of rail welds. d. Failure to pass this test will result in the disqualification of the technician. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

236 E. Field test of flash butt and thermite production welds: 1. Visual Test: AREMA Manual. a. Reject welds with surface cracks. 2. Magnetic Particle Test: ASTM E709 a. Rail temperature: below 800 degrees F b. Acceptance Criteria: Particles form regular longitudinal pattern indicating homogeneity of the weld and freedom from defects, surface irregularities and internal discontinuities. 3. Ultrasonic Testing: ASTM E164, with the procedure and equipment specified in Articles 1.04F and 1.04G, herein respectively. a. Acceptance Criteria: Free from defect or flaw giving a reflected display of greater than 20 percent of distance-amplitude correction curve at calibration level, or as listed in Table TABLE MINIMUM ACCEPTANCE LEVELS (DECIBELS) REFLECTOR SEVERITY Large Reflectors Small Reflectors Minor Reflectors WELD THICKNESS (IN.) AND TRANSDUCER ANGLE 5/16 to 3/4 3/4 to 1-1/2 1-1/12 to 2-1/2 2-1/2 to 4 4 to Incorporate the following in the test procedure: a. Scanning level: positive 20 db minimum. b. Scan rail in a zig-zag pattern-twisting probe, on one side of the weld only at a rate not exceeding 6 inches per second, so that the full weld is scanned. Overlap each pass a minimum 10 percent and scan rail longitudinally. c. Calibrate equipment at the start and end of each day's work, and at least every four hours during examination, and hourly checks with DSC blocks. If any point on the distance-amplitude curve has been changed by more than 20 percent, void and re-examine all results since last calibration check. If the curve has moved on the sweep line by more than 5 percent, re-examine all non-complying welds since last calibration check. d. When a reflection of greater amplitude than the acceptance criteria is found, scan around the full perimeter of the weld from both sides, to ensure full weld coverage and determination of size, type, and location of discontinuity. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

237 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS e. Make permanent trace recording of discontinuity indications. f. Paint the rail web at non-conforming welds on both sides across the weld. 5. Use the following equipment for ultrasonic testing and document on Test Report Form: a. Ultrasonic, pulsed echo, instrument: 1) Type normally used for inspection of rails with calibrated decibel gain control of minimum 2db increments 2) Operate in the range 1-5 MHz, with CRT screen and scale. 3) Capable of detecting a 3/64-inch discontinuity 6-1/2 inches below top of rail. b. Calibrated paper tape recording attachments: to record accurately the CRT screen indications when a non-complying weld is located. c MHz angle beam transducers: 1/2 inch by 1 inch at 70 degrees and 45 degrees. d. High viscosity couplets of good wetting characteristics. e. Standard IIW calibration blocks of rail steel: for primary reference response and to construct distance-amplitude correction curve. f. DSC Blocks of rail steel for calibration checks. g. Calibration Rail: 115RE rail, 18 inches long with a 3/64-inch diameter round bottom hole 6-1/2 inches below top of rail and in which other 1/8-inch diameter flat bottom hole patterns have been drilled as shown in Figure h. Ultrasonic Test Report Form: A. Rail for Continuous Welded Rail: 1) Records 20 inspected welds per sheet 2) Include the location of the weld in track, the results of the ultrasonic inspection including size of defects found in the head, web or base of rail, shape identity and location of all reflections, trace record, the results of the visual inspection, name of inspector, and other information noted on Record of Field Weld. 1. Furnished in accordance with the Section , Track Rails. B. Thermite Welding Materials: 1. Form thermite type rail welds utilizing one of the following brands of rail welding kits or an approved equal. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

238 2.02 FABRICATION a. Thermit Self PreHeat - as manufactured by Orgothermite Inc., Lakehurst, New Jersey. b. Boutet - as distributed by DuWel Steel Products Company, Chicago, Illinois. 2. Rail welding kits for welding head hardened rail: conform to the process manufacturer's recommended standard for such work. 3. Prior to selecting the thermite weld kit brand, obtain from the weld kit manufacturer confirmation in writing that the weld finish after grinding as described in Article 3.02 A.11 is obtainable and guaranteed. A. Continuous Welded Rail (CWR) strings: 1. Lengths: a. Longest practical to fabricate and handle. b. As required by the track alignment, bolted joint location, and worksite access. B. Develop a schedule of the placement of rail by its location in track: PART 3 - EXECUTION 1. Consist of a schedule of lengths and designations of welded rail strings to be fabricated and their proposed location in track. 2. Indicate which strings or which portions of strings will be high strength rail. 3. Indicate the locations of the proposed field cuts, if any. 4. Minimize thermite welds between standard rails and high strength rails. 5. Designation of the location of rail strings: 3.01 PREPARATION OF RAIL A. Rail Ends: a. Clearly identify location in track by line, survey stationing, track, and rail. b. Marked on the web of both end rails of each string with paint suitable for application to steel in exterior service. c. Unique identification for each rail string coordinated with the welding schedule indicating the location of each rail string by rail and track. 1. Cut square and clean by means of rail saws or abrasive cutting wheels in accordance with AREMA "Specifications for Steel Rails". Do not torch cut rails. Recut rail ends more than 1/32 inch out of square. 2. Inspect and verify no steel defects, dents, or porosity before welding. 3. End finished in a method that does not metallurgically or mechanically damage. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8

239 B. Straightness: 1. Conform to the AREMA "Specifications for Steel Rails", for straightness. 2. Straighten rails cold in a hydraulic press or roller machine to remove twists, waves, and kinks until they meet the surface and line requirements specified herein. Submit method to be used for permanent straightening to the Resident Engineer for approval. 3. If rail is unable to be straightened permanently, cut back a sufficient distance to achieve the required alignment. Remove burrs. C. Orient continuous welded rail strings so that the rail brands are on the field side when placed in final track position. D. Weld shop pre-curved rail in place in the track CONSTRUCTION A. Pressure Welding: 1. Conform to the AREMA Specification for, "Fabrication of Continuous Welded Rail" except as modified hereinafter. 2. Performed using either a fixed electric flash-butt welding plant, a mobile welding machine designed for rail welding or an existing rail welding facility operated by one of the major railroads. 3. Saw or cut mismatched or jagged rail ends with an abrasive rail cutter. Do not Mate mismatched or jagged rail ends by flashing. 4. Remove rail scale down to bright metal in areas where the welding current-carrying electrodes contact the rail. Grind down raised rail brands in electrode areas. Reject the weld and adjacent rail for a distance clearing the electrodes if, in the areas of electrode contact, less than 95 percent of the mill scale is removed. Examine electrode contact areas for evidence of electrode burn. Reject the weld where metal is displaced or where the oxidized areas exhibit checks or small cracks and cut the rail back clear of the electrode burn. 5. Forge welds to the point of refusal to further plastic deformation and to a minimum upset of 1/2 inch, with 5/8 inch as standard. 6. If flashing on electric pressure (flash butt) welds is interrupted, because of malfunction or external reason, with less than 1/2 inch of flashing distance remaining before upsetting, reclamp rails in the machine and initiate flashing again. 7. Whenever possible, grind rail immediately following welding while at an elevated temperature. When grinding must be done at ambient temperature, take care to avoid grinding burns and metallurgical damage. 8. Align head of rail in the welding machine: a. Vertical alignment: Provide for a flat running surface. Align rails such that any difference of rail heights occurs in the base. b. Horizontal alignment: Divide the difference in the width of rail heads equally on both sides of the head. If the difference, when divided, UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 9

240 exceeds inch, place inch of the difference on the gauge side and the remaining differences on the field side. c. Horizontal offset: Do not exceed inch at the head and/or inch at the base. 9. Surface and Gauge Misalignment Tolerances: AREMA Manual, Chapter 4, Part 2, "Tolerances for Inspection of Welded Rail New and Mainline Relay Rail". 10. If, at any time, seven or more of a series of twelve consecutive welds made on one machine exceed 75 percent of the stated surface misalignment tolerances shut down that machine and adjust before continuing work. 11. Cut out any re-welds beyond the heat-affected zone of the previous weld. 12. Weld Finishing: a. A finishing deviation of the parent section of the rail head top surface shall not exceed plus inch of the lowest rail. b. Sides of the rail head: Within plus inch, minus inch of the parent section. c. Top and bottom of the rail base: Within inch of the lowest rail. d. Web zone (including the underside of the head, the web, and both fillets on each side): Within plus inch to plus inch of the parent section. Finish grind to eliminate all cracks. e. Eliminate notches created by minor offset conditions, twisted or misshaped rails by minimum grinding to blend the variations. f. Remove fins on the weld due to grinding or shear drag prior to final inspection. 13. One handling hole may be made in each end of a CWR string. Paint ends of rails containing such holes orange and cut off during track construction. B. Thermite Welding 1. Join CWR rail sections in track in the field by thermite welding. Electric flash butt welds by the portable plant may be substituted for thermite weld connecting CWR strings only. 2. Thermite welds placement shall be limited to special trackwork locations where electric flash butt welding cannot be executed, and the locations specified in Article 3.02 B Do not weld rail ends containing bolt holes or handling holes. Cut off rail ends containing such holes during track construction. 4. Preparation of Rail Ends: a. Either saw-cut or grind at right angles to the rail to provide a smooth and clean surface. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 10

241 b. Grind clean the surface of the rails for a length of approximately 6 inches from the end of the rails to remove all grease, dirt, loose oxide, oxidized metal, scale, and moisture. c. Remove burrs and lipped metal, which would interfere with the fit of the mold. 5. Head Alignment: a. Comply with the AREMA Manual. b. Weld gap at the time of thermite welding: recommended by the manufacturer of the weld kit 1) If the rail gap is larger than the manufacturer's recommended gap after the rails have been adjusted for zero thermal stress, then remove sufficient rail from one or both rails to permit insertion of a rail not less than 19 feet long which shall provide the recommended gaps at each end for field welding. 2) If the rail gap is larger than the manufacturer's recommended gap after the rails have been adjusted for zero thermal stress obtain the recommended gap by sawing a piece from one rail. 6. Preheat rail ends prior to thermite welding. Prehead to a sufficient temperature and for sufficient length of time as indicated in the approved welding procedure to ensure full fusion of the weld metal to the rail ends without cracking of the rail or weld. 7. Postheat thermite welding by leaving the mold in place after tapping for sufficient time to permit complete solidification of the molten metal and proper cooling to prevent cracking and provide a complete weld with proper specified hardness and ductility. 8. Weld Finishing: a. After removing the mold, use rail shears to trim upset weld metal b. Complete any heavy grinding of the weld while the weld is still hot from welding. c. Grind weld to the following tolerances: 1) Top, field and gauge side of the rail head: Within plus inch minus inch of the parent section. 2) Top and bottom of the rail base: Within inch of the lowest rail. 3) The remainder of the rail weld: Within plus inch to plus 0.20 inch of the parent section. Finish grind to eliminate cracks visible to the unaided eye. d. Eliminate notches created by minor offset conditions, twisted or misshaped rails by minimum grinding to blend the variations. e. Remove protrusions and gouges in the welded area. Blend into the rail contour by grinding in a manner that will eliminate fatigue crack origins. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 11

242 f. Remove defects visible to the unaided eye by grinding, g. If removal by grinding cannot be accomplished without damaging the rail, remove the weld. h. Do not use grinding pressure that will overheat the rail surface. 9. Inspect thermite welds ultrasonically in accordance with Article 1.04E.4 herein. 10. Reject welds, as specified in Article 3.03 B, Defective Thermite Welds. Repair welds as specified in Article 3.07, Repair of Defective Welds FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Production, Inspection, and Testing of Pressure Welds 1. Use a chart recorder to monitor significant welding parameters. Identify each weld in each string and the rail schedule designation for each string with a notation to indicate the beginning and ending of each CWR string. Calibrate each recorder used daily. Recordings shall become the property of Sound Transit at the time the welded rail is released for installation. 2. Inspect pressure welds by the dry powder magnetic particle method in accordance with ASTM E709. Subsequently, inspect pressure welds ultrasonically in accordance with Article 1.04E 4, herein. 3. Inspect pressure welds in accordance with the AREMA Manual. 4. Repair defective pressure welds immediately during production. Repair other defective weld findings as specified in Article Measure the hardness of the weld on the head of the rail in the center of the weld and the heat affected zone and verify it is equal to the Brinell hardness of the parent metal with a tolerance of plus or minus 30 Brinell Hardness Numbers. Reference the Brinell hardness of the parent metal from the rail test records provided by the mill/rail manufacturer. The Resident Engineer will randomly select one weld out of each ten for Brinell Hardness testing by the Contractor's approved Testing Technician. 6. Employ an independent testing laboratory to perform weld testing at the Contractor s expense. The testing service and their testing program and procedures are subject to approval as specified in Article 1.04 of this Section. 7. Employ the independent testing laboratory to certify whether or not each weld meets the quality acceptance criteria detailed and record their findings as to acceptability or rejection of the welds. Submit independent testing laboratory reports directly to the Resident Engineer. 8. Identify Pressure Welds and Rail Strings: At the completion of welding each string of CWR, submit a record to the Resident Engineer documenting production of the string. Include the heat numbers of the first and last pieces of rail in the string, the number of welds in the string, the heat numbers of rail on each side of welds that have been cut out and re-welded, a record of machine performance for each weld, and reports for magnaflux and ultrasonic testing. Bind reports in pad or notebook form for ease of handling and retention as permanent record. B. Defective Thermite Welds: Determined as follows: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 12

243 1. Quality or finishing alignment not in accordance with the above mentioned standards. 2. Show a response at any level that is identified as a crack or lack of fusion. 3. Show a response that exceeds the primary reference level. 4. Show a response that is less than 50 percent of the primary reference level will be acceptable. 5. Welds that show a response greater than 50 percent but that do not exceed the primary reference level are acceptable, provided that the following apply: 3.04 REPAIR/RESTORATION a. The defects are evaluated as slag or porosity. b. The largest defect does not exceed inch in its largest dimension. c. The total area of the defects does not exceed square inch. d. The sum of the greatest dimension of defects in a line does not exceed 3/8 inch. A. Pressure welds rejected during final track inspection or testing by Rail Defect Car or thermite welds rejected during inspection or testing shall be cut out and rewelded if possible, or replaced with at least a 19-foot rail welded in its place by two thermite welds in accordance with these Specifications. B. Special Thermite Welds 1. Should a defective thermite weld replacement using an inserted piece of rail and two welds not be practical because of limitations due to precurved rails or adjacent special trackwork parts, cut out the defective weld and replace it with a special wide thermite weld. Prior using in track, test and accept this special weld in accordance with Article 1.04 herein. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 13

244 RECORD OF FIELD WELDS DATE: TIME: TRACK DESIGNATION: LOCATION: STA. TO STA. (LT.RT) RAIL SECTION: 115RE OTHER: MILL BRAND: YEAR ROLLED: (AHEAD) (BACK) HEAT NUMBER: (AHEAD) (BACK) TYPE OF RAIL: HEAT-TREATED CONTROL-COOLED (CIRCLE) RAIL CUT REQUIRED: (YES) (NO) MANUFACTURER OF FIELD WELD KIT: AIR TEMPERATURE: RAIL TEMPERATURE: WEATHER CONDITION: RAIL GAP (NEAREST 1/16 INCH): TRACK ALIGNMENT AND CONSTRUCTION: (Curve, Tangent, Grade, Etc.) NAME OF ENGINEER OR REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT: NAME OF CONTRACTOR'S FOREMAN PRESENT: NAME OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT: (Initialed by those present) RECORDER: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 14

245 FIGURE DYNAMIC TESTING OF RAIL WELDS UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 15

246 FIGURE CALIBRATION RAIL END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK WELDED TRACK RAILS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 16

247 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION TRACK RAIL JOINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes specifications for furnishing, fabricating, delivering and installing rail bonded insulated joints for both 115 RE tee rail and 115 RE restraining rail. Bonded insulated joints lengths within the flange-bearing diamond crossing will be sized by the special trackwork manufacturer, but still meet the other requirements specified herein. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work REFERENCES 1. Section , Track Construction. A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. 1. Association of American Railroads, (AAR): a. Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices 2. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association, (AREMA): a. AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering (AREMA Manual) b. AREMA Portfolio of Track Work Plans (AREMA Plans) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM): a. A325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 4. Steel Structures Painting Council, (SSPC): a. SSPC-SP-10/NACE No. 2 Near White Blast Cleaning 5. Sound Transit Standard Drawings a. Standard drawing number KS SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Section , Submittal Procedures: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Procedures, including: a. Installation procedures. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 1

248 3. Tests: 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS b. Recommended bolt tensioning. c. Proposed procedure for maintaining the specified gap in the CWR during installation of bonded joints. d. Proposed procedure for installing joints on embedded track construction. a. Test results of bonded insulated joints. b. Proposed alternative methods of dynamically testing bonded insulated joints. c. Pre-qualification of crews. 1. Tests certified by an approved testing laboratory. 2. Manufacturer's certification: Detailed description of the manufacturer's proposed quality control program for manufacturing the bonding adhesive used in the bonded insulated joints, including how it is regulated, maintained, and monitored. A. General: 1. Joint bars: a. T-rail: minimum 36 inches long with six holes, shaped to fit 115RE rail and 115 RE restraining rail. Only toeless joint bars are acceptable for use. b. Hole locations: as shown in the AREMA Manual, Chapter 4 and as shown on the Contract Drawings. c. Hold rail ends to within the straightness tolerances shown in the AREMA Manual, Chapter 4 for rail ends to be welded. 2. Bolts: 1 inch diameter. 3. Bonded insulated joint plug rails shall be 19 feet 6 inches in length with a short end and a long end as Indicated. B. Bonded Insulated Joints: 1. Furnish bonded insulated joints complete with bars, end posts, bushings, washers, pin bolts, collars, and adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. Bolt tension shall be as specified by the manufacturer. 2. Joint bars: a. Provide full face contact UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 2

249 b. Conform to the configuration of 115 RE rail, 115 RE restraining rail, and the Bonded Joint Clearance Envelope (115 RE) (Figure 1). c. Fabricated from quenched carbon-steel as specified in the AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 4, "Specifications for Quenched Carbon Steel Joint Bars." d. Fishing height: Within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/64 inch of the dimensions indicated on the submitted and accepted Shop Drawings. e. Length: Within plus or minus 1/8 inch of the dimension shown on the Shop Drawings. f. Straightness: Within plus or minus 1/32 inch adjacent to the rail. 3. Insulation material: a. Pre-bonded to the inside face of the joint bars, smooth with no stamping or branding. b. High pressure and laminated design c. Impervious to oil, grease, and water d. Electrical resistance characteristics: Equal to or greater than fiber insulation meeting the requirements of the AAR Manual, Part 14.5 and the Electrical Resistance Test, specified herein. e. End posts: 3/16 inch thick, and not project below the base of the rail. 4. Pin Bolts: a. Use to fasten bonded insulated joints for 115RE rail together b. Use six pin bolts per joint c. Meet the chemical composition and mechanical property requirements of ASTM A325. d. Pins: High strength pin bolts, with button heads, made of medium carbonsteel e. Collars: Tension type made of low carbon steel. f. Driven with a special driving tool for the pin bolts: 1) Capable of partial swaging of the collars to allow for some adjustment during the bolting process 2) Capable of producing the minimum installed fastener tension recommended by the joint manufacturer 3) Capable of swaging the collar into angular locking grooves, forming the collar into the size and shape recommended by the pin manufacturer before the pin tail breaks. g. Bolt holes: Sized in accordance with the bonded insulated joint manufacturer's recommendation. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 3

250 h. Washers: 1) Placed between the joint bars and the pin s head and collar if a bolt hole's diameter is larger than 1-3/16 inches 2) ASTM A325 hardened washers 5. Use Bonded insulated joints of one of the following types or an approved equal: a. The "Allegheny" joint as manufactured by the Allegheny Rail Products. b. The "Portec Bond" toeless joint as manufactured by Portec Inc. Railway Products Division. c. Other brands will be considered as approved equal only if they successfully pass the tests specified herein. 6. Adhesive: Shelf life of 1 year when stored in a location protected from the weather at a temperature which may vary from 40 degrees F to 90 degrees F. Replace adhesive at no additional cost to Sound Transit if the adhesive is found to be defective within 1 year from the date of delivery SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Bonded Insulated Joint Test Requirements 1. Test three bonded insulated joints. a. Test two bonded insulated joints as specified in Article 2.02B. b. Test the remaining bonded insulated joint as specified in Articles 2.02C and 2.02D. c. Do not commence testing before Shop Drawings and installation procedures have been reviewed by the Resident Engineer. B. Longitudinal Compression Test: 1. Assemble two bonded joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations on two pieces of 115 RE Rail, each 2 feet long. 2. Saw the joint assembly in half at the end post. Perform the sawing in a manner that will prevent overheating, and damage to the epoxy bond. Cut perpendicular to the centerline of the top of the rail with a tolerance of plus or minus 1 degree. 3. Fabricate a device so that the reaction at the sawn end occurs only at the face of the joint bar when a load is applied at the centroid of the rail at the opposite end. 4. Apply loads longitudinally in increments of 25,000 pounds. Maintain each load increment constant until the longitudinal deflection of the rail ceases before increasing the load to the next increment. Increase the load in these increments until a total load of 600,000 pounds, or failure occurs. Record the load and differential movement of the rail and the joint bars at each increment of loading, measured to inch. 5. Acceptance Criteria. a. Show no indication of slippage before a compressive load of 600,000 pounds is applied to the joint. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 4

251 b. Magnitude to the differential movement no more than 1/8 inch in any direction. c. Relative position of rail and joint bar at the completion of the test, after the load on the rail has been released within 1/8 inch of its original location. C. Electrical Resistance Test. Fully assemble a bonded insulated rail joint in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations on two lengths of 115 RE Rail; one 24 inches in length, the other 42 inches in length. Support the rail on nonelectrical conducting material. 1. Apply 500 volts dc to the rail on either side of the bonded insulated joint for a duration of 3 minutes, measure the actual current flow through the joint to the nearest 0.1 microampere and record. a. Acceptance Criteria: Minimum resistance: 10 megohms. 2. Apply a potential of 50 volts ac to the rail on either side of the joint for a duration of 3 minutes for each increment of measurement for frequencies from 20 hertz to 10 kilohertz. Measure the impedance after 3 minutes with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 percent and record for each frequency. a. Acceptance Criteria: Minimum impedance: 10,000 ohms. D. Dynamic Testing: (for 36-inch bonded insulated joints only). Subject the one. 1. Dynamic Test of Bonded Insulated Joint: a. Perform one bonded joint that has passed the electrical resistance test b. Supported sample rail weld on 36-inch centers with the weld located between supports as shown in Figure 2. c. Apply repeated loads with two hydraulic rams. d. Apply loads to the rail alternatively at Points A and B. e. Vary loads from zero to 44,400 pounds in the approximate shape of a sine curve. f. Apply loads for two million cycles where application of load at Point A and then at Point B constitutes one cycle. g. Measure rail deflection every 500,000 load cycles at Point A and recorded to the nearest inch. h. Monitor loads with load cells placed between each ram and the railhead. 1) Calibrate load cells prior to commencing the test program. i. Acceptance Criteria after 2,000,000 cycles: 1) No evidence of weld failure by bending. 2) No weld deflection exceeding inch during the test. 2. Other methods of testing the joint dynamically may be submitted to the Resident Engineer for review. The moment diagram envelope generated by other methods shall meet or exceed that specified in this Section. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 5

252 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLERS 3. Repeat the electrical resistance test specified in Article 2.02C and meet the acceptance criteria specified. 4. After completion of the electrical resistance test, subject the joint assembly to the Longitudinal Compression Test as specified in Article 2.02B of this Section. Saw-cut the joint to adapt the rail section to the requirements stated in the test, with the acceptance criteria remaining the same as stated in the test. A. Each Crew (and foreman) Qualifications: 3.02 PREPARATION 1. Pre-qualified before installing bonded joints. 2. Pre-qualified by testing two sample bonded joints fabricated by the crew. a. Samples: fabricated in track, tested in longitudinal compression test as described in Article 2.02B. b. Failure of a test sample disqualifies the foreman and, at the discretion of the Resident Engineer, the entire crew or any crew member. c. Assign a new foreman and crew personnel and repeat the qualification procedure. A. Size and locate holes as shown in the AREMA Manual Chapter 4, Part 1, "Rail Drillings, Bar Punchings and Bolts". B. Deburr holes. C. End harden rails other than high strength rails as specified in Section , Track Construction. D. Bevel rail ends as shown on AREMA Plan No E. Clean the end 21 inches of the web, bottom of head, and top of base of each rail of foreign materials and loose rust and scale. F. For bonded joints, clean to near white metal in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). Grind raised mill marking within the 21-inch distance flush with the web INSTALLATION A. Bonded Joints: 1. Install joints at the locations indicated and as required by the signal system. Line up joint so that center of the joint is approximately centered between rail supports. 2. Prepare rail ends as described in Article Calibrate bolt-tightening equipment. 4. Install joint in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the following: UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 6

253 a. Alternate directions of bolt insertion. b. Ensure that there is no contact between joint bars and bolts and rail fasteners. 5. Test the resistivity across the insulating components of the joint. UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 7

254 END OF SECTION UNIVERSITY LINK LIGHT RAIL SECTION IFB NO: RTA/LR TRACK WORK TRACK RAIL JOINTS LINK CONTRACT U260 PAGE 8